Home

(RM) - includes Print Manager and Executive

1. Fe Mari I Dennen Tata oad al Fils minaman Actus Fae berorasi Fi Pare mara Dis hare CEELI Fis THE Bk speil Fis Te Ml red Logos See 3 Like E Ribes on Peh Djesa hamda of Reco Dynast Ban pa Heim ii Basi pri Hera 1 Adra Aami Changes Fi Tite E Mia Hurts of rai Kop Estan par Feacond ca 7 Lapad E a Ep 01 0000 rad TO OT Field Definitions Field Name Description Filename Enter the name of the file you want to resize Description The description of the file and the file s statistics are displayed File Type Enter 2 to create a keyed direct file or 6 to create an Mkeyed Number of Records Bytes per Record Key Chain multikeyed file Most OSAS data files are Mkeyed files Enter the number of records you want in the new file For a dynamically allocated Mkeyed file enter 0 Enter the number of bytes to set aside for each record in the new file Enter the key chain number you want to use to copy the data Resource Manager User s Manual Data File Maintenance Change File Size Command Bar Definitions This screen has no command bar Saving and Exiting Use the Proceed OK command to save your entries and begin the copy process When all records have been copied this message appears n records copied The old file will be replaced Use the Proceed OK command again to remove the old file and replace it with the new resized one Then enter a new file name to resize or use the Exit F7 command to
2. Both graphical menus provide pull down menus convenient tool buttons and easy access to your installed applications and their functions using either the mouse or keyboard The two graphical menus provide you with a visual choice in your interaction with OSAS and your data When you select an application in either graphical OSAS menu the application s main menu presenting several related functions is displayed beside the OSAS menu Selecting a function leads you to either a function screen or another menu Several commands are available within the menu to perform various tasks such as changing the system date entering access codes switching between sample data and live data and so on You can perform these menu commands in these ways if a button or pull down menu selection is muted or gray itisnot available for use click the appropriate graphical tool button select the command from a pull down menu press the associated keyboard hot key If you use the graphical menu you can select application menus and functions by clicking the function or menu name on the menu or by highlighting your choice and pressing Enter If you choose the Start menu you can select applications from the Main menu by using the arrow keys to highlight your choice and pressing Enter by clicking the selection or by holding the mouse cursor over the selection until the menu appears From any application menu you can select a button from the previou
3. No report is associated with this function Screen Use Screen Description Accounts Payable Analysis An EIS Dashboard is a screen that displays several fields Dashboard and associated values Resource Manager User s Manual 7 19 Accounts Payable Analysis EIS Dashboards Accounts Payable Analysis Dashboard 7 20 osados Papaebde Arken Cora Hoke Get LEO foren fie oF SB mo e A uken Partie Hunk ismusdir i a Van inia Ce Ta brain KI 5 EERIE Ear 3150 VELGERE Fisigi mm aa mu af Eb la Kan EE Him x Bae vi 1715 Ti AM Im m 2 Tl H Tande lat tT Pinet likne er m Henki ura ae Perder aia Tamia ie dl a T Haaj a aie a TEN FM TO Ad Nas 51 FL GE Dis m BC 12 Chauna Ei ES Tala pradera IG Dia Em im an Hegi F beep mrt Treg Had b ET H Bibi Ine Feia 1E A Tesamal NOG ITsSTi Command Bar Definitions To activate the commands on the dashboard screen in graphical mode right click on any field and select the appropriate command from the menu that appears To activate the command on the dashboard screen in text mode press the letter key associated with the command Command Description Update Select Update or press U in text mode to update the information in the fields when used on a network Recalc Select Recalc or press R in text mode to recalculate a field so that you have the latest information Global Select Global or press G in text mode to reca
4. Saving and Exiting Use the Proceed OK command to save your entries and return to the Field Defini tions screen Resource Manager User s Manual 6 69 EIS Dashboards Company Summary Cash Requirements Forecast Daily Statistics Accounts Receivable Analysis Accounts Payable Analysis Top 10 Customers Top 10 Items Top 10 Sales Reps Top 10 Vendors Resource Manager User s Manual 7 3 7 7 7 11 7 15 7 19 7 23 7 27 7 31 7 35 7 1 EIS Dashboards Introduction This chapter explains the features and uses of predefined EIS Dashboards to analyze information about various accounts and functions within OPEN SYSTEMS Accounting Software The predefined Dashboards are designed to display quickly the exact information you need without entering multiple applications An EIS Dashboard is a screen that displays several fields and associated values Normally the EIS Dashboard shows related fields Use the EIS Dashboard function to perform several tasks e Redisplay the value of the fields on a screen in case another user on a network recalculates the fields while you are viewing it Recalculate the value of a field or all fields on a screen Set up initial parameters that determine which values will be displayed on the screen Change a fields s definition View detailed information about a field the field ID description and mask the last updated time date and user and the status of the fi
5. When you change the file size you cannot specify arecord length that is smaller than the length of the existing data records Enter a larger record length Error opening the SYSGUI channel please check and make sure you have setup the X0 Device in your config bbx file You will get this error if you select or run a GUI menu or function and you have not setup a sysgui device in your config bbx file Enter the following line into your config bbx file alias XO SYSGUI File cannot be locked You cannot rebuild or verify the file you selected because the file is open at another workstation Field ID fieldID Is Not on File Field ID fieldID Not Found The field you entered is not on file Enter a field that is on file or use the Inquiry F2 command to look up and select a field To define a field use the Field Definitions function Field fieldID is Invalid The field is not valid because you entered a function incorrectly in the math editor It recognizes functions in the format Fn m Field fieldID Is Not Defined As Numeric The function you are assigning to the field ID returns alphanumeric values The display mask accepts numbers only Change the display mask or use a function that returns numeric values A 6 Resource Manager User s Manual References System Messages Field Setup Not Defined You cannot assign setup types to a field whose setup ID is not defined You might have made a typographical error when you a
6. r A ET Corpa EZ ZEN amana F IRG EAN Field Definitions Field Name Description Pick Setup ID Enter the range of setup IDs you want to include in the list Print Select the level of detail you want to include in the list You can list the type and range of each setup ID or you can list only the ID and description of each setup ID Saving and Exiting Select the print device for the list to begin printing After the list is produced the EIS Master File Lists menu appears 8 62 Resource Manager User s Manual Setup Definitions List Executive Information Summary List INITIONS ka bea Setup Def 6602 nayL 66vT nayL 500 nayL 010 nayL 009 nayL 0205 nayL 660 nayL oTo nayL 666001 nayL IST suorqrurj q dnaes Arddng szepttng 0007 wor s3aunooov SOTITTTIETT Jus n 0001 word saunooov sjessy JUSIAND 500 wor s d r qunooov 19 puey UO use 010 wor sodAL qunooov T9 3rsod q UO useo 009 wor sedA 3unooov PTOS spooy Jo 1500 000S WOLF SJUNODIY PTOS spooy JO 3509 19 500 wor sadA qunooov SISSSY Qusammy S00 wor sedA qunooov squnooov useo 0001 wor s3aunooov use uoradr3os q TO TO ad L WITT 0 10 d r ISSWAITO TO z0 ad L HOHSITO TO 0 d r AOHSITI 20 TO d r IYSIOIIO 0 10 d L S509019 TO TO odAL IVSSYOTD 20 TO d r INHSYIIO 0 TO
7. Enter a location ID Enter an item ID Accept the displayed unit of measure or enter a different unit of measure Enter a price ID optional Resource Manager User s Manual Field Name Customer ID Cust Level Sale Date Sale Quantity On Hand Qty Committed Qty In Use Qty Available Qty On Order Qty LIFO FIFO Cost Average Cost Standard Cost Base Cost Calc Unit Price Resource Manager User s Manual Other Commands Description Enter a customer ID optional Enter a customer level optional Accept the displayed sale date or enter a different date Accept the displayed sale quantity or enter a different quantity The quantity on hand is displayed The committed quantity is displayed The in use quantity is displayed The available quantity is displayed The on order quantity is displayed This field appears if you elected to show costs in the price and availability lookup in the Resource Manager Options and Interfaces function The LIFO FIFO unit cost is displayed This field appears if you elected to show costs in the price and availability lookup in the Resource Manager Options and Interfaces function The average unit cost is displayed This field appears if you elected to show costs in the price and availability lookup in the Resource Manager Options and Interfaces function The standard unit cost is displayed This field appears if you elected to show costs in the price and
8. Features Use the Help Screens function on the System File Maintenance menu to customize an application s help screens Reports To produce a list of the information entered on the Help screen use the Help List function on the Master File Lists menu Screen Use Screen Description Help Screens Use the Help Screens screen to add or change help for a field Help Text Use the Help Text screen to enter or change a line of text on the help screen Resource Manager User s Manual 6 37 Help Screens System File Maintenance Help Screens Screen Hele Dubra a ES Pommard Mode Jie Geile Hun SX um mm 74 A mke iguala El Fy Help ey Ge ae E Faidit Doz Heke Tied PA on tha ndern rager an i AA JA caia vahaa Changes IV ea can Yates annan abad nd denn pd hatu en ls arena Tu peri ht dd det psss help Erini arii Auer Horde ee Eomp bi SAT CANO Ter Fra ENF Field Definitions Field Name Description Application ID Enter the ID of the application whose help screens you want to add or maintain Help Key Enter the key of the help screen you want to add or change Inquiry Copy From This field appear if you enter a new help ID Enter an existing help ID from which you want to copy text 6 38 Resource Manager User s Manual System File Maintenance Help Screens Field Name Field ID Description Enter the name of the field or the title of the help screen If you leave the fi
9. OQ WANY 11891 PA0Osy 103 YIBuer prety Jedordur 68T 7 0 0 9 8 v9 60S sp ossy Te3OL M N PAOOSy TeIoL TRUT TIO pe TeauoD SPIODSY 507 poy bueuo Arddng sz pTrng so q O co O m m O peoy sp oosy qI PISTA HHIOS HAIOS HTYOS HHYOS HIHOL HIHOL HSdOL HHSNI HHSNI HHINI HHINI HIHNI HIHNI 0007 TE TT 5 33 Resource Manager User s Manual System File Maintenance Application Information 6 3 Directories 6 7 Menus 6 11 Favorites Menus 6 15 Inquiry Window Definitions 6 19 Global Inquiry Definitions 6 23 Help Screens 6 37 System Messages 6 41 Backup Restore Commands 6 45 Form Codes 6 49 Form Printers 6 53 Support Information 6 57 User Login Activity 6 61 Field Definitions 6 65 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 1 Application Information Features Use the Application Information function on the System File Maintenance menu to maintain the information about the applications on your system Reports No report is associated with this function Screen Use Screen Description Application Information Use the Application Information screen to maintain the information about an application Resource Manager User s Manual Application Information System File Maintenance Application Information Screen Appin ba mad a Corerastu Mores Den ep EKA wA p t fik ar ET T lJ ete Boca Pasa OOOO Besa Y Irma PES O ewan fen Duss used Era
10. The ARCTOPSL function returns the customers that provided the most sales last year in descending order the amount from the sales the customer representative and the territory associated with the customer Setup types Company ID Sub 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Type Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Description 1 Customer Name 1 Customer Profit 1 Customer Rep 1 Customer Territory 2 Customer Name 2 Customer Profit 2 Customer Rep 2 Customer Territory 3 Customer Name 3 Customer Profit 3 Customer Rep 3 Customer Territory 4 Customer Name 4 Customer Profit 4 Customer Rep 4 Customer Territory 5 Customer Name 5 Customer Profit Resource Manager User s Manual References Predefined Functions Sub 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 Type Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Resource Manager User s Manual Description 5 Customer Rep 5 Customer Territ
11. Typ User Mask Description Enter the title that you want to appear on the window Enter a sort key number for the filename you entered in the File Name field Enter the number that corresponds to the screen column where you want the window to start Enter the number that corresponds to the screen row where you want the window to start Enter the number of screen columns in the width of the window The starting column plus the number of screen columns you enter must be less than 80 Enter the number of screen rows in the length of the window The length of the window plus the starting row must be less than 25 Enter the position of the key where the inclusion mask begins Then enter the length of the inclusion mask Enter the position of the key where the exclusion mask begins Then enter the length of the exclusion mask Enter the number of the data name you want to return to the calling program Enter a name for the field for reference only Enter the data type for the Data Name field 1 to display characters 2 to display numbers 3 to display dates 4 to display telephone numbers 5 to display social security numbers Enter the company defined user mask you want to use for the field Resource Manager User s Manual 6 21 Inquiry Window Definitions System File Maintenance 6 22 Field Name Fmt Fld Beg Len Col Headings Output Description Enter a code that identifies the way the data
12. Welcome to OSAS 1 3 Conventions 1 9 OSAS Graphical 1 13 OSAS Text 1 35 Reports 1 47 Resource Manager User s Manual 1 1 Welcome to OSAS The OPEN SYSTEMS Accounting Software OSAS product line consists of several accounting applications Each application addresses a different phase of your financial operations together they form a powerful accounting solution to your daily and periodic accounting needs Customer Support Open Systems has a strong commitment to customer service and product quality If you have difficulty in using Open Systems products consult the user s manual and other OSAS reference materials If you need more information consult a customer support representative OSAS Overview Resource Manager The Resource Manager application is the foundation or shell of OSAS it provides the operating environment that holds the other applications Resource Manager also includes three powerful business features Global Inquiry Executive Information Summary EIS and Print Manager With Global Inquiry you can drill around your accounting data to find selected information throughout your system With EIS you can access company information quickly and view summaries of all aspects of a company or a group of companies With Print Manager when you print reports to file your reports can be stored sorted printed and searched for specific text Base Applications Base applications are designed and produced with th
13. and Lookup wildcard characters to restrict or widen the search 1 44 Resource Manager User s Manual Introduction OSAS Text Key Shift F5 Detail Lookup Shift F6 Lot Lookup Shift F7 Serial Lookup Shift F8 Description Lookup Report Commands Operation Search for detailed information about an item You can enter information in any of the fields that appear using these wildcards to restrict or widen the search lt gt Search for an item based on lot number When you enter the lot number you can use the and wildcard characters to restrict or widen the search Search for an item based on serial number When you enter the serial number you can use the and wildcard characters to restrict or widen the search Search for an item based on item description When you enter the description you can use the and wildcard characters to restrict or widen the search You can use the following commands when a report is displayed on the screen Key PgUp PgDn Home End F7 Exit Left Right Tab Toggle Up Down Resource Manager User s Manual Operation Move to the previous page of the report Move to the next page of the report Move directly to the top of a group of pages Move directly to the bottom of a group of pages Exit to the menu from any point in the report Move left one character Move right one character Toggle between
14. selecting information for 1 47 Resource Manager features of 1 3 Restore function 5 7 screen 5 8 Right Arrow report command 1 45 Right Arrow function key 1 32 1 42 right click defined 1 9 RMCDxxx file B 10 RMDEVDFF file B 10 RMDRVDEF file B 10 RMGIDEF file B 10 RMPRNDEF file B 10 RMTDxxx file B 10 X 10 RMTHxxx file B 10 RMTXxxx file B 11 S Sales Tax Report function 4 17 sample 4 20 screen 4 18 sample data changing to 1 18 1 22 1 38 Screen Definitions List function 8 49 sample 8 52 scroll region buttons First Line command 1 31 Last Line command 1 31 Next Line command 1 31 Next Page command 1 31 Previous Line command 1 31 Previous Page command 1 31 scroll region commands 1 46 Down Arrow 1 29 1 46 End 1 29 1 46 Enter 1 46 F3 1 29 1 46 Home 1 29 1 46 Ins 1 29 1 46 PgDn 1 29 1 46 PgUp 1 29 1 46 Tab 1 29 Up Arrow 1 29 1 46 Serial Inventory Lookup function key 1 45 pull down menu command 1 30 Set up application 1 22 Setup function 8 31 Setup Definitions List function 8 61 sample 8 9 8 14 8 17 8 63 Shift F1 function key 1 28 1 40 Shift F10 function key 1 26 1 32 1 43 Shift F2 function key 1 40 graphical menus 1 17 text menu 1 39 Resource Manager User s Manual Shift F3 function key 1 44 Shift F4 function key 1 44 Shift F5 function key 1 45 graphical menus 1 17 text menu 1 39 Shift F6 function key 1 30 1 45 text menu 1 17
15. 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Type Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Resource Manager User s Manual Description 1 Item ID 1 Item Description 1 Item Sales 1 Item Quantity 2 Item ID 2 Item Description 2 Item Sales 2 Item Quantity 3 Item ID 3 Item Description 3 Item Sales 3 Item Quantity 4 Item ID 4 Item Description 4 Item Sales 4 Item Quantity 5 Item ID 5 Item Description G 41 Predefined Functions References G 42 Sub 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 oF 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 Type Numeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Numeric Description 5 Item Sales 5 Item Quantity 6 Item ID 6 Item Description 6 Item Sales 6 Item Quantity 7 Item ID 7 Item Description 7 Item Sales 7 Item Quantity 8 Item ID 8 Item Description 8 Item Sales 8 Item Quantity 9 Item ID 9 Item Description 9 Item Sales 9 Item Quantity 10 Item ID 10 Item Description 10 Item Sales 10
16. 5 29 6 65 Lot Inventory Lookup function key 1 30 1 45 pull down menu command 1 30 M Maintenance function key 1 25 1 40 pull down menu command 1 25 tool button 1 24 manual conventions 1 9 Menu List function 11 3 sample 11 6 screen 11 4 menu styles 1 12 Menus function 6 11 Information 1 40 Other Command 1 38 1 40 screen 6 12 menus conventions 1 12 messages A 1 mouse commands click 1 9 deselect 1 10 double click 1 9 right click 1 9 MS DOS prompt tool button 1 21 N Next Line command function key 1 29 1 46 pull down menu command 1 29 scroll button 1 31 Next Page command function key 1 29 1 46 pull down menu command 1 29 scroll button 1 31 O OK Proceed function key 1 25 pull down menu command 1 25 verification button 1 24 OK command 1 11 Online Documentation function key 1 28 1 40 pull down menu command 1 28 tool button 1 24 Online help function key 1 41 turning on or off 1 41 Options and Interfaces function 3 15 Options screen 3 17 Options and Interfaces List function 11 47 11 51 sample 11 50 11 54 screen 11 48 Options screen 3 17 OSAPPL file B 5 OSAS conventions 1 10 X 8 running 1 10 system requirements 1 10 OSAS graphical version menu choices 1 13 OSBUF TXT file B 5 OSBUT TXT file B 5 OSCL file B 5 OSCN file B 6 OSCNVT file B 6 OSCODE file B 6 OSCOMP file B 6 OSCOPR file B 6 OSDE file B 6 OSDF file B 7 OSER file
17. 667 vT Lv 81T TOOZ 0 60 anTeA sur eyed oueTeg etqeAeg squnoooy Tvdav qaodey 109STH PTET WY 07 07 T00Z L0 80 8 17 Resource Manager User s Manual Global Dashboard Update Features Use the Global Dashboard Update function on the EIS Periodic Maintenance menu to recalculate all the fields on all the EIS Dashboards to save the values of the screens in history or both Reports No report is associated with this function Screen Use Screen Description Global Dashboard Update Use the Global Dashboard Update screen to specify when you wantall the fields on all the EIS Dashboards to be recalculated Resource Manager User s Manual 8 19 Global Dashboard Update Executive Information Summary Global Dashboard Update Screen Biba Dh Me MA E Diera Edo boder e Pir Sx oO m ma 14 PIES SAGE PRAT TN F a By Compay EEE lad T gS AN Field Definitions Field Name Description Calculate Values for All If you want to calculate the values for all the dashboards Dashboards check the box or enter Y in text mode if not uncheck the box or enter N in text mode Transfer Calculated If you want to transfer the values to history check the box Values to History or enter Y in text mode if not uncheck the box or enter N in text mode Start Date Time Use the system date and time or enter the date and the time when you want the process to begin Command Bar Definitions This scre
18. 7 Customer Rep 7 Customer Territory 8 Customer Name 8 Customer Profit 8 Customer Rep 8 Customer Territory 9 Customer Name 9 Customer Profit 9 Customer Rep 9 Customer Territory 10 Customer Name 10 Customer Profit 10 Customer Rep 10 Customer Territory G 13 Predefined Functions References ARCTOPPP AR Top 10 Customers PTD Profit Totals The ARCTOPPP function returns the customers that provided the most profit for the period to date in descending order the profit the customer representative and the territory associated with the customer Setup types Company ID Sub 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Type Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Description 1 Customer Name 1 Customer Profit 1 Customer Rep 1 Customer Territory 2 Customer Name 2 Customer Profit 2 Customer Rep 2 Customer Territory 3 Customer Name 3 Customer Profit 3 Customer Rep 3 Customer Territory 4 Customer Name 4 Customer Profit 4 Customer Rep 4 Customer Territory 5 Customer Name 5 Customer Profit Resource Manager User s Manual References Predefined Functions Sub 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34
19. A99M ond ION dvV UV STS TEUY MOTA use EIENDD 00 6 6 ET YeM end JON dy stsATeuy MOTA Use ENAVID 8 29 9p A99M end ION YY STSATeUY MOTA use ENYVIO 000Z LZ Z yeem eyed dy stsATeuy MOTA Use EdAWID 06 108 8 Z A99M NG JON aV YV STS TeUy MOTA use ZLENIO OT 90L 8ZT Z A99M NT JON dy STs TeUY MOTA use ZNAVIO 07 706 68 Z Som nq JON UV STSATeUY MOTA use TNYVAO 000Z 0Z Z Z ASM eyed dy stsATeuy MOTA Use ZUAWID ZL Z8T 6TS T X99M nq JON avV UV STS TeUy MOTA use TLENIO 00 T X99M end JON dY STs Teuy MOTA use TNAVIO ZL Z8T 6TS T M end JON YY STS TPUY MOTA use TNYVIO 000Z 1 Z T yeem 3980 dy stsATeuy MOTA Use TUAVAO LS LEZ 6 T AepoL end 39N dv UV sts Teuy MOTA use OLEND 95 190 81 epoy and 3N dv stsATeuy MOTA use ONAVIO 66 78 897 AepoL end 3 N W STS TEUY MOTA yUse ONKYO 0007 90 7 AepolL 3980 av stsATeuy MOTA use OddWd 9T 501 9 potzeg aan 107 FTATIOY Teg use TD UNDHSITO OG 796 porz d tang 103 pa3sodun Teg useO TD INCHSITO 00 por sa tang 103 JTATJOV Teg use TD IOVHSJTD 99 0PT S potzad ting JO butuutbeg Teg Use TD DYEHSJOTD 99 0v0 S por sg amo jo buruutbag Teg 3rsod q uo yse 19 94410019 00 00T porz d 11n9 jo hutuutbeg Teg pueg UO use TD DYEHODTD IT EZ 00 90 ZT aueu PTSTA AI PTOTA Teotydezg 35808104 squsus nbay use MOTAHSVWO paeoqused qrodey 10ISTH p eoquseq SIF Wd 6Z TT T bed Arddng s
20. Backup Restore Commands List Application Information List Company Information List Help Screens List Inquiry Window Definitions List Global Inquiry Window List Tables List Country Codes List Tax Locations List Tax Groups List Options and Interfaces List Field List Resource Manager User s Manual 11 3 11 7 11 11 11 15 11 19 11 23 11 27 11 31 11 35 11 39 11 43 11 47 11 51 11 1 Menu List Features The Menu List shows the menus that are on your system for a range of companies applications or menu IDs that you select Reports A sample Menu List is on page 11 6 Screen Use Screen Description Menu List Use the Menu List screen to select the menus you want to include in the list Resource Manager User s Manual 11 3 Menu List Master File Lists Menu List Screen Coed Ei Hi tes Pk prana TER dt jain Compay Ei EURE led T EPI Field Definitions Field Name Description Company ID From Thru Enter the range of companies you want to include in the list Application From Thru Enter the range of applications you want to include in the list Menu ID From Thru Enter the range of menus you want to include in the list Command Bar Definitions This screen has no command bar 11 4 Resource Manager User s Manual Master File Lists Menu List Saving and Exiting Select the output device to begin printing the list After the list is produced the Master File Lists menu appears Res
21. Ez pa sTqe ea saunooov WY ve 6 1002 60 90 11 25 Resource Manager User s Manual Global Inquiry Window List Features The Global Inquiry Window List provides information about each Global Inquiry window This information is valuable if you are setting up windows and want a list of windows that have already been established Reports A sample Global Inquiry Window List is on page 11 29 Screen Use Screen Description Global Inquiry Window Use the Global Inquiry Window List screen to select the List windows you want to include in the list Resource Manager User s Manual 11 27 Global Inquiry Window List Master File Lists Global Inquiry Window List Screen hb dera p ae nal MA E Come Ei Mode de Bike aba BD Te UL s Pick Valde fima 47401 Tau BFH Fred Geese kann Fe Fe dear F Dada tena E riches Linkin E Company bi DEZE amana TODA CAN Field Definitions Field Name Description Window From Thru Enter the range of windows you want to include in the list Print If you want to include each type of information listed in the list check the applicable box or enter Y in text mode if not uncheck the applicable box or enter N in text mode Command Bar Definitions This screen has no command bar Saving and Exiting Select the output device to begin printing the list After the list is produced the Master File Lists menu appears 11 28 Resource Manager User s Manual Global
22. If you want the list to include sales amounts check the box or enter Y in text mode if not uncheck the box or enterN in text mode If you want the list to include purchase amounts check the box or enter Y in text mode if not uncheck the box or enter N in text mode Resource Manager User s Manual Master File Lists Tax Locations List Field Name Description Print Zero Balance Tax If you want the list to include all tax classes check the box or Classes enter Y in text mode If you want to include only tax classes with non zero balances uncheck the box or enterN in text mode Command Bar Definitions This screen has no command bar Saving and Exiting Select the output device to begin printing the list After the list is produced the Master File Lists menu appears Resource Manager User s Manual 11 41 Master File Lists Tax Locations List Tax Locations List saseyoma J10ds Jo pug seTes TVIOL UNVED soseypand soTes NN NOLLVOOT 404 TWLOL seseyoma 000 seTes 000 SSOTAISS 60 saseyoand 000 seTes 000 suTTOSeD 80 saseyoma 000 saTes 000 Sut yqoTO LO seseyoing 000 seTes 000 syonporg poog 90 seseyoing 000 saTes 000 S TOTY A 10204 SO saseyoma 000 s Tes 000 UNO 9I9IS19YUI O soseysang 000 seTes 000 podda J6V PUI 0 saseyoand 000 s Tes 000 saTes Jduex4 Z0 saseyoma 000 saTes 000 s Tes STesay T0 seseyoing 000 s Tes 005 9 spoo Iaumsuoy
23. STYEPUNJIY MOUS ASAO ON ON OST ya UO xB 00 00 10 00 00 10 STYEPUNJIY MOUS ASAO ON ON OST ya UO xB abeg 00 00 S0 6 10 6 00 00 S0 6 10 6 peJPTNOTEI XEL 008 07 008 07 orgepungeg YTTIGert xen sJUnoooy asbpsT Teasuss UOTIRLIOT xeL Ag J odsy xeL SsoTes Arddng sispTtng SUEN 207 XeL Wd LO Z 0002 SZ v0 Resource Manager User s Manual 4 20 Clear Sales Tax Features Use the Clear Sales Tax function on the Application Setup menu to clear the accumulated sales and tax amounts from the tax location records at the end of the tax reporting period This function prepares the records to accumulate new figures for the next reporting period You can clear tax locations for a range of taxing authorities and tax locations Reports No report is associated with this function Screen Use Screen Description Clear Sales Tax Use the Clear Sales Tax screen to select the tax authorities and locations for which you want to clear accumulated sales tax data Resource Manager User s Manual 4 21 Clear Sales Tax Application Setup Clear Sales Tax Screen Class Talen Tas FEE fred Paa Der ek a Apo 7 OE AN Hart Toa Ma E lailo Frau 12 Fi rd Corra H ET CEO Teve TH MTT Field Definitions Field Name Description Have you printedthe If you have printed the Sales Tax Report check the box or enter Sales Tax Report Y in
24. The information is stored here and retrieved when you define a field EISTHDR Setup Header file The EISTHDR file stores the setup ID headers and user defined information to be used by a function for calculation When you define a function you use setup IDs to specify the type of information you want returned and the range within those types for example a cash balance for one company or arange of companies The actual data is stored in theEIVAL file EITB Tables file The EITB file stores the settings you entered in the Options and Interfaces function in Resource Manager for EIS See the Resource Manager User s Manual use EI as the application ID This version of EIS uses only two switches in the OPTxxx table and none in the OP2xxx table FIS recognizes only these two tables B 4 Resource Manager User s Manual References File Descriptions EIVAL Calculated Values file The EIVAL file stores each value that is displayed on an EIS Dashboard the terminal that last updated the value and the last update date and time When the functions calculate a value the data including the system date and time is sent to this file The EIS Dashboard function retrieves the data and sends it to the screen When you use the Recalc or Global command on an EIS Dashboard or the Global Dashboard Update function the information is stored here OSAPPL DOS and OSAPPL UNX Application The OSAPPL files store information about individual appli
25. searching for more occurrences of the text string you entered Command Bar Definitions This window has no command bar Saving and Exiting When all occurrences of the text you entered have been found press Enter to return to the Active Report Control screen 9 10 Resource Manager User s Manual Print Manager Active Report Control Print Control Screen Camara p Hues Thea b gt m MA BED TS _2 tw Page Prom Field Definitions Field Name Description Copies Enter the number of copies to print Page From Enter the first page number you want to print Page Thru Enter the last page number you want to print User Accept the user ID that s displayed or enter a different ID Class Accept the report class that s displayed or enter a different report class Command Bar Definitions This screen has no command bar Saving and Exiting If you print using a report class that is different from the last report class used by the printer you selected a message appears to warn you Select the output device for the report to begin printing the report s When the report finishes printing you can retain the report remove it from the Active Report Control or archive it Enter R to retain it D to delete the report or A to send the report to the Archive Control Resource Manager User s Manual 9 11 Archive Report Control Features Use the Archive Report Control function to view print jobs that have been a
26. uncheck the box or enter N in text mode Saving and Exiting Select the print device for the list to begin printing After the list is produced the EIS Master File Lists menu appears Resource Manager User s Manual 8 51 Executive Information Summary List INITIONS Screen Def List inition Screen Def T abea SP 60 00 666 666 66 8 80 00 666 666 66 29 10 00 666 666 66 SP LO 00 666 666 66 8 LO 00 666 666 66 z9 90 00 666 666 66 SP 90 00 666 666 66 8 90 00 666 666 66 z9 50 00 666 666 66 SP SO 00 666 666 66 8 50 00 666 666 66 9 tO 00 666 666 66 SP bO 00 666 666 66 8 70 00 666 666 66 TOD Moy ysen erdst 00 666 666 666 00 666 666 666 00 666 666 666 00 666 666 666 00 666 666 666 328 09 1833 s Azo STH 00 666 666 666 00 666 666 666 00 666 666 666 00 666 666 666 00 666 666 666 qeq o3 1e x oo Azo STH LISPETTOGBLIGHETTOGBLIGHETTOGBLIGHETTOGBLIGHETTOGBLIGHETTOGBLIGHETTOGBLISHETT L IST SUOTITU Tddns s 6 aLld Te30L SOTOAUI Azojsty TTe39q d OLANIHAV 6 IZT seoroau uedo peby av ZI Hovav 6 GLA OSTW SOTOAUT 10ISTH Tteqed dv IWANIHAY 6 GLd ISTW S9TOAUT Azo sty TTeIsd av INANIHAV 6 OZI 16 S OTOAUI uedo paby av 06 HOVav 6 GIA Xe SOTOAUI Azo sty Tegen av XLANIHAV 6 did XeL OTOAUI Azo sty Tegen av XLdNIHdV 6 06 19 seoroauJ uedo peb
27. 00 194 JOY SSETO 194 XEL Uuotadrioseq xeL STessag PJOSSUUTN UNN SUEN DOT XEL WY TZ 0T 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 vb LS6067T 00 STAPPUNJSY 310YS J3A0 p aeTnoTeo xeL STqexequon TqexeL 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 vb LS6067T 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 vb LS6067T 00 STAPPUNJSY 1045 1940 pa3eTnoTeo xeL STqexequon TqexeL ON ON 8 0z PELTSTILB ET NW OST 914 eTqepungey ssusdxg XEL ITTAETT XPL GI xeL yqny Kel T A T UO xe SJunoooy JebpeT Tersusg UOTE90I xeL Ag IST SUOTJEOOT XEL abeg Arddng sispTrng 1007 60 90 Resource Manager User s Manual 11 42 Tax Groups List Features The Tax Groups List shows the tax groups that are on your system Reports A sample Tax Groups List is on page 11 45 Screen Use Screen Description Tax Groups List Use the Tax Groups List screen to select the groups you want to include in the list Resource Manager User
28. 1 39 F2 function key 1 25 1 40 graphical menus 1 16 text menu 1 38 F3 function key 1 24 scroll region command 1 29 1 46 F3 function key 1 25 1 40 text menu 1 38 F4 function key 1 40 graphical menus 1 16 text menu 1 38 FS function key 1 25 1 40 graphical menus 1 16 text menu 1 38 F6 function key 1 24 F6 function key 1 25 1 40 graphical menus 1 16 text menu 1 38 F7 inquiry command 1 34 1 44 report command 1 45 F7 function key 1 25 1 40 graphical menus 1 17 text menu 1 38 F8 function key 1 40 F9 function key 1 42 graphical menus 1 17 text menu 1 38 Favorites Menu 1 12 adding items to 1 22 benefits of 1 12 changing to from 1 22 graphical sample 1 12 Start style sample 1 23 text sample 1 37 Favorites Menus removing items from 1 22 Field Definitions function 8 25 Field Definitions List function 8 53 sample 8 56 Field Down function key 1 25 1 41 pull down menu command 1 25 Field History Report function 8 15 sample 8 17 Field Up function key 1 25 1 41 pull down menu command 1 25 file descriptions B 1 File Rebuild Verify function 5 23 screen 5 24 files CNVTLOG B 3 OSAPPL B 5 OSBUF TXT B 5 OSBUT TXT B 5 OSCL B 5 OSCN B 6 OSCNVT B 6 OSCODE B 6 Resource Manager User s Manual OSCOMP B 6 OSCOPR B 6 OSDE B 6 OSDF B 7 OSER B 7 OSINFO B 7 OSKY B 7 OSMN B 8 OSMNxxx B 8 OSREF TXT B 5 OSRET TXT B 5 OSTD B 8 OSTM B 8 MCDxxx B 10
29. 22 Numeric Total Cost G 48 Resource Manager User s Manual References Predefined Functions TDAYS PD Total Days in Current Period The TDAYS PD function returns the number of calendar days and working days in the current period Setup types Company ID Sub Type Description 1 Numeric Total Days in Current Period 2 Numeric Working Days in Current Period Resource Manager User s Manual G 49 Building Functions When you define a field in EIS you must use functions that have already been built or coded Although the list of functions that EIS provides is extensive you might want to build your own functions For example you might want a field that returns the number of employees from the Payroll application To build a function you must program it in Business BASIC code You should know how to read code use Business BASIC verbs and make Business BASIC manipulate data and handle files If you do not know how to program in Business BASIC but want to create a function contact your OPEN SYSTEMS Accounting Software reseller You also need a copy of the OPEN SYSTEMS Developer Kit for file descriptions and dimension lengths for arrays A sample function GENERIC FNC is included with the software The functions that EIS provides follow the format of GENERIC FNC use it as a base for creating new functions If you are familiar with word processors or spreadsheets this function is like a template the format is set but you must
30. 3 or numeric with four decimals 4 Accept the displayed parameter or enter a different parameter Accept each displayed application ID or enter a different ID on the appropriate line Accept each displayed window ID or enter a different ID on the appropriate line Command Bar Definitions This screen has no command bar Saving and Exiting Use the Proceed OK command to save your entries Then enter another table ID to work with use the Abandon F5 command to change the table file name or use the Exit F7 command to return to the Data File Maintenance menu Resource Manager User s Manual 5 13 Change File Size Features Use the Change File Size function on the Data File Maintenance menu to create a new file and copy the data from the old file into it During this process you can determine the type of file to create the number of records it contains and the size of the records in the file Use this file under the direction of a qualified support technician to shrink files by removing wasted space taken up by records that have been removed from the file Reports No report is associated with this function Screen Use Screen Description Change File Size Use the Change File Size screen to change a file s type or resize a file Resource Manager User s Manual 5 15 Change File Size Data File Maintenance Change File Size Screen 5 16 haria Fila Tie Corsa Mods es srana ma bre
31. 3 Numeric Current Freight 4 Numeric Current Miscellaneous Resource Manager User s Manual References Predefined Functions Sub Type 5 Numeric 6 Numeric 7 Numeric 8 Numeric 9 Numeric 10 Numeric 11 Numeric 12 Numeric 13 Numeric 14 Numeric Description Current Discount Current Prepaid Current Total Posted Subtotal Posted Sales Tax Posted Freight Posted Miscellaneous Posted Discount Posted Prepaid Posted Total SOORDERS SO Orders File Totals The SOORDERS function returns counts and total by order status from the Sales Order Transaction file Setup types Company ID Sub Type 1 Numeric 2 Numeric 3 Numeric 4 Numeric 5 Numeric 6 Numeric Resource Manager User s Manual Description New Orders Total New Orders Count Picked Orders Total Picked Orders Count Verified Orders Total Verified Orders Count G 47 Predefined Functions References Sub Type Description 7 Numeric Invoiced Orders Total 8 Numeric Invoiced Orders Count 9 Numeric Backordered Orders Total 10 Numeric Backordered Orders Count 11 Numeric Quoted Orders Total 12 Numeric Quoted Orders Count 13 Numeric Returned Orders Total 14 Numeric Returned Orders Count 15 Numeric All Orders Total 16 Numeric All Orders Count 17 Numeric Unshipped New and Picked Cost Total 18 Numeric Shipped Verified and Invoiced Cost Total 19 Numeric Backordered Cost Total 20 Numeric Quoted Cost Total 21 Numeric Returned Cost Total
32. 300 Frogn Doriy fe ASA angle econ Fie f r a Lei Mont Barre O00 Trend T DDR OUR Field Definitions Inquiry 6 4 Field Name Description Application Code Enter the ID of the application you want to work with Description Enter the description of the application This description will appear on the OSAS main menu Base Application For a base application leave this field blank For an enhanced application enter the application s identifier For an add on to an application enter the ID of the base application for example enter AR as the base application for Sales Order Installed If the application is installed enter YES if not enter NO Version Enter the version number of the application The version number protects against the installation of an earlier version of the software Resource Manager User s Manual System File Maintenance Application Information Field Name Date Installed Program Directory Verification File Last Maintenance Description Enter the date the application was installed on the system Enter the directory that contains the programs for the application Enter the name of the file used to verify that the application is installed for a company If the file name changes depending on the company involved add a lowercasex in place of the company ID for example to use the company specific Vendor file in Accounts Payable enter APVEx Displays the date of
33. 308 15 S MEl UREK LUMEN CABINETS 1 400 14 in BEHHORH ii Utia 0 00 A A Command Bar Definitions To activate the commands on the dashboard screen in graphical mode right click on any field and select the appropriate command from the menu that appears To activate the command on the dashboard screen in text mode press the letter key associated with the command Command Description Update Select Update or press U in text mode to update the information in the fields when used on a network Recalc Select Recalc or press R in text mode to recalculate a field so that you have the latest information Global Select Global or press G in text mode to recalculate all the fields on the screen for the latest information 7 36 Resource Manager User s Manual EIS Dashboards Top 10 Vendors Command Setup Field View Edit Load History Saving and Exiting Description Select Setup or press S in text mode to display information within a range Select Field or press F in text mode to change the definition of the field Select View or press V in text mode to view information about how the highlighted field was calculated and what values it was designed to produce Select Edit or press E in text mode to reconfigure the EIS Dashboard you are using Select Load or press L in text mode to load a different EIS Dashboard Select History or press H in text mode to display the EIS Dashboard using
34. 9 0002 52 90 Resource Manager User s Manual 5 22 File Rebuild Verify Features Use the File Rebuild Verify function on the Data File Maintenance menu to rebuild your data files or to verify that they are still usable This function works with data files on local or mapped drives only It does not rebuild files on data server paths If you use OSASS you must either map a drive to the data files to run this function or run the rebuild program through the operating system locally on the data server machine To run the mkrecover rebuild program through the operating system change to the directory where the program is located usually in the data server directory and type the command for the operating system you use substitute the full path and file name of the file you want to rebuild for lt filename gt in the commands shown Windows mkrecover IREBUILD TXT lt filename gt UNIX Linux mkrecover IREBUILD TXT lt filename gt Reports No report is associated with this function Screen Use Screen Description File Rebuild Verify Use the File Rebuild Verify screen to specify the file you want to rebuild or verify Resource Manager User s Manual 5 23 File Rebuild Verify Data File Maintenance File Rebuild Verify Screen BETTEN Bao gt bh mo i Aiaran Compas HEMNE Termal OOO TT Field Definitions Field Name Description File to Rebuild Verify Enter the name of the fil
35. Abandon F5 command to clear the field Copy the contents of the current field Paste the value you copied from a previous field into the current field Resource Manager User s Manual Introduction OSAS Graphical Inquiry Commands When you use the Inquiry command several other commands become available for you to use in the inquiry window The Inquiry windows operate in two modes Search and Sort You can toggle between these modes within an Inquiry window by pressing the Ins Insert key You can also choose the default mode for the inquiry windows by using the Defaults function on the Workstation Configuration menu In Search mode you can move through the keys listed by typing progressively larger portions of the key you want to find For example when you type C the window displays keys beginning with the letter C When you next press A the window displays keys beginning with CA and so on In Sort mode you can change the order of certain inquiry windows by pressing the letter key associated with the window sort You can see the available sorts in any inquiry window by selecting Command Help from the Help pull down menu in the inquiry window You can also shorten your data search by entering a part of the key before you use the Inquiry command For example if you know that the ID starts with JAR enter JAR in the ID field before you use the Inquiry command The inquiry list will start with JAR and run through the
36. Appendix F for more information Other Graphical Menu Features The graphical menus offer more than shortcuts to menu commands You can also switch between live and sample data or change to another company and its data set Change Company Field Select the company to change to from the pull down list box Resource Manager User s Manual 1 21 OSAS Graphical 1 22 Data Set Than Set Lie Da Garde Dada Introduction On the Start menu you can check the Live Data radio button to work with live data or check the Sample Data radio button to work with sample data You can also press F5 to change between sample and live data Right Click Menu Screen Key Add to Remove Favorites F10 Change to Favorites Main F2 Sample data Live data F5 Setup F9 Function Information F1 Description Use the Add to Remove Favorites menu button to add the desired submenu or function to or from your Favorites menu Toggles your display menu between your Favorites menu and your Main menu Switches between your sample data and your live data Performs certain application setup tasks For example in General Ledger you can select the year with which you want to work If Setup is required in an application the application s user s manual will describe its usage Displays information about the selected function Resource Manager User s Manual Introduction OSAS Graphical Graphical Favorites Menu Y
37. B 7 OSINFO file B 7 OSKY file B 7 OSMN file B 8 OSMNxxx file B 8 OSREF TXT file B 5 OSRET TXT file B 5 OSTD file B 8 OSTM file B 8 Other function key 1 40 Other Command menu accessing 1 38 1 40 Other Commands Applications Options Inquiry E 8 Calculator E 1 Call a BBx Program E 6 Execute an Operating System Command E 5 General Information Inquiry E 11 Global Inquiry E 8 Product Suggestions E 7 Support Information E 13 User Comments E 14 output device printer 1 48 P Parameter Maintenance function 9 21 parameters access code 1 11 Resource Manager User s Manual command to start OSAS 1 10 company ID 1 11 general expression 1 11 terminal ID 1 11 partial key inquiry 1 43 Paste function key 1 26 1 32 1 43 pull down menu command 1 26 tool button 1 24 Period Setup function 4 25 screen 4 26 PgDn inquiry command 1 34 1 44 report command 1 45 scroll region command 1 29 1 46 PgDn function key 1 25 1 41 text menu 1 39 PgUp function key 1 24 inquiry command 1 33 1 44 report command 1 45 scroll region command 1 29 1 46 PgUp function key 1 25 1 41 Plotters screen 2 23 2 24 PMARCxxx file B 9 PMCLASS file B 9 PMHSTxxx file B 9 PMMENxxx file B 9 PMOPTxxx file B 9 PMQUExxx file B 9 PMSIZxxx file B 9 Pop Up Calendar tool button 1 21 1 24 predefined functions G 1 Previous Line command function key 1 29 1 46 pull down menu command 1 29 scroll button 1 31 P
38. Cols Wide Carriage LPW 240 Top Margin blank Left Margin blank Font blank Setup blank Dialog blank Print Dialog Wide Lines Per Page 66 Standard Cols 136 Compress Cols Carriage Dot Matrix 240 Top Margin blank Left Margin blank Font PDW blank Setup blank Dialog Yes Print Setup Wide Carriage Lines Per Page 66 Standard Cols 136 Compress Cols Dot Matrix PSW 240 Top Margin blank Left Margin blank Font blank Setup Yes Dialog blank Resource Manager User s Manual 2 19 Devices Workstation Configuration Devices Terminals Screen EHIH E Des air Kimia Field Definitions When you add or edit a terminal enter this information Field Name Description BBx Device Name Enter the device name This is the terminal ID assigned to the workstation for identification purposes Copy From This field appears if you entered a new device name Enter the name of the device whose settings you want to copy System Device Name Enter the system device name use sysprint to setup a Windows graphical workstation Device Type Select the device type from the inquiry window 2 20 Resource Manager User s Manual Workstation Configuration Devices Depending on the type of terminal you are adding Resource Manager has these options available Field Name Description Driver Name If you selected doscon as the device type enter the name
39. Command Ke Button y Access code Al F4 Sample data set F5 or Live Data set Workstation date F6 Exit F7 Using the Access Code dialog box Result Displays the Access Code dialog box See Access Code dialog box below Toggles between the Sample Data and the Live Data Displays the Workstation date dialog box See Workstation Date dialog box below Exits from OSAS To change the access code enter the code in the field Then click OK to save your entry and return to the OSAS menu or click Exit to abandon the dialog box and return to the menu Using the Workstation Date dialog box Resource Manager User s Manual Introduction OSAS Graphical To set anew workstation date enter the date in the field use the up down buttons to increase decrease the date displayed or click System Date to change the date to match the operating system date Then click OK to change the workstation date Abandon to restore the original date displayed or Exit to return to the Main menu Modes Menu Fe Mone pak Pga is Hp L Furia rita Fis Ecs GH Teen bh Pe Tool mman K co and Button ey GUI Functions Shift F6 Scale GUI Shift F7 Screens Tools Menu Ein Hack Jen Feet ba elt pw Bw go Tool Command Button Key Calculator Resource Manager User s Manual Result Toggles between GUI function screens and text function screens Toggles scaling of GUI screens on and off When scaling is off the defau
40. Customer Name 1 Customer Profit 1 Customer Rep 1 Customer Territory 2 Customer Name 2 Customer Profit 2 Customer Rep 2 Customer Territory 3 Customer Name 3 Customer Profit 3 Customer Rep 3 Customer Territory 4 Customer Name 4 Customer Profit 4 Customer Rep 4 Customer Territory 5 Customer Name 5 Customer Profit Resource Manager User s Manual References Predefined Functions Sub 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 Type Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Resource Manager User s Manual Description 5 Customer Rep 5 Customer Territory 6 Customer Name 6 Customer Profit 6 Customer Rep 6 Customer Territory 7 Customer Name 7 Customer Profit 7 Customer Rep 7 Customer Territory 8 Customer Name 8 Customer Profit 8 Customer Rep 8 Customer Territory 9 Customer Name 9 Customer Profit 9 Customer Rep 9 Customer Territory 10 Customer Name 10 Customer Profit 10 Customer Rep 10 Customer Territory G 17 Predefined Functions References ARCTOPSL AR Top 10 Customers L Y Sales Totals
41. Enter a manual line to be added to the configuration file to control another device For example to set up one of the graphical devices X0 required to use the Windows graphical mode enter X0 sysgui 2 24 Resource Manager User s Manual Workstation Configuration Devices To save your entry and return to the Devices screen use the Proceed OK command Resource Manager User s Manual 2 25 Defaults Features Use the Defaults function on the Workstation Configuration menu to set defaults for functions fields and directories for a workstation Some of the defaults you set in this function will override the equivalent defaults specified in Company Setup see page 3 3 Reports No report is associated with this function Screen Use Screen Description Defaults Use the Defaults screen to set the defaults for each workstation Resource Manager User s Manual 2 27 Defaults Workstation Configuration Defaults Screen fond K eden Drei Heb FER GRS mmm Te mu P Toggle Diss Onl m a Iran Busch iks sa Cope Lope Dia Vent Fan Farid Deber Load 0 isip EE Desbbogsd Dptua Del mala F Fin Tori Ps Acc Pedi Field Definitions Field Name Inquiry Workstation Inquiry Copy From Inquiry Copy To Bell PE ck Lil fail Farotarer Er Daig aka Bea temeri L hrsi insan Pagar 5 AT Fini leije ompa Bi DEF Tarna Erna D Description Enter the ID of the
42. Form Type The OSFRM file stores form types for the OSAS applications installed on your system OSINFO DOS and OSINFO UNX System Directories The OSINFO files store information that is unique to the entire OSAS system on a certain operating system installation backup device main program directory three data directories Report Writer data directory sample data directory system files directory e utilities directory e The OSINFO DOS file is used on Windows systems while the OSINFO UNX file is used on UNIX and Linux systems One or both files may be used depending on the operating systems you use with OSAS In mixed client server environments the UNIX terminals use the OSINFO UNX file for path information and the Windows workstations use OSINFO DOS OSKY Workstation Keyboard The OSKY file stores information about the keyboard values used for each workstation Set up your keyboard through the Keyboard function Resource Manager User s Manual B 7 File Descriptions References OSMN Other Commands Menu The OSMN file stores the Other F4 twice from a menu F4 once from a field Commands menu for each company OSMNxxx Main Menu The OSMNxxx file stores the menu records displayed on the screen for an application The main menu for a single company is updated when data files are created the main menu is edited or an application is removed from the system OSPRN Application Form Printer The OSPR
43. Han Premera fuss Salon sasin Contac don beh rader Phera Marie EHRE Fer DE Cid raided are iah Chased weh Sis mee je Coda Sat Hims TAA ota I Cai jue brer valg Men Sevier Guo este Cuntormas Sie Fina Open Seen Tech Euppod Lindel Eis M TER 5000 lun Sit s LEN CHEN Panza Ang V r Carga GT Tarur L IEE Cry When you are finished viewing the information press any key to return to the screen or menu you from which accessed the Other Commands menu Resource Manager User s Manual E 13 Other Commands References User Comments Use the User Comments function to enter comments or notes for reference Select User Comments from the Other Commands menu This screen appears T apan Fe esk U eden Die Gnin Hala rn 58 Bo 18 Amar Une Ei 1 lana ime mn TT vedta Em Aa l BEI A y T l pes er e ang Term PTE ET OA Field Definitions Field Name Description User ID The user ID is displayed from previous entries You can enter any value for your user ID Shared Private This field appears only if you have set up access codes for this function If the comment is shared SHARED is displayed If the comment is private PRIVATE is displayed along with the access name Ref ID Enter a reference ID for the comment You can use reference IDs to group comments End Date The workstation date is displayed Resource Manager User s Manual Field Name Date Comment Command new Id Ref
44. Hat Estan Mail Espi L 1 agent I mi all Ban Eugen Fett aan Laka Foaia y Company bi DET GEN Team T IR CAM Field Definitions Field Name Description Window ID Title The ID of the Global Inquiry window and its description are displayed File Name Enter the name of the central file for the window If the file is company specific put a lowercase x after the name of the file File Accept the displayed file index number or enter the file index number used by the data file you specified Flds Accept the displayed number of fields or enter the number of fields defined for the file you specified Key Enter the key number that you want to use to display the records in the data file you selected 6 26 Resource Manager User s Manual System File Maintenance Global Inquiry Definitions Field Name Key Len Inclusion Mask Begin Length Exclusion Mask Begin Length Label Position Length Description Accept the displayed number or enter the length of the key number associated with the selected data file Enter the position of the key where the segment of the inclusion mask begins Then enter the length of the inclusion mask Enter the position of the key where the exclusion mask begins Then enter the length of the exclusion mask Enter the label that identifies the key segment to be entered when you use the Search Insert command or leave the field blank to disable the Search command
45. Inquiry Window List Master File Lists Global Inquiry Window List 100 T00 900 900 T00 T00 TIA TIA IT400d OSAdW J10d9y Jo pug SISPIO Od T SIODU A I Ayrquend 800 900 TLU 00 OTO 00 00 0 0 0 SYUTT Aatnbur TegoT9 3281 SOTOAUT uotqjdtzoseq UOTJITIOSSA GI sburpe H uumToo HOIMA IXH dNEL 9 HONNA AL MWAL S SIVA HOIOANI p ON HOIOANI NN ISOHS Z qI ONJA T E5 70 10 20 25 70 S0 TO 20114 3X4 L00 900 800 LOO IZO 100 900 100 ueT 4115 970 100 seo TOO 930 100 020 TOO 00 700 00 00 Sp et eTnuzo 4 aueN NIS und ISVT GINI P NOTL4TYOSHG WAL Alva YNd LSVT GINI Z AI WALI T T09 m0y U T 3118 SpTeT4 07 u rurb g UN uUOTSNTOXY UO Tegel yoxess ttt ttt T T T ASP d r 4 eq uqa young JSET uoradraos q T eyed uoznd 3seT ar weil T YSEN uotadrioseag sdAL Azeuumgs TO 970 T00 810 T utbeg UST ON SPTI TSN OU oy Key JO ON UOTJBEUIOJUI Te1susy A103STH eseyorng Aroqusaul ON ON ordo STIA WEN GI T MOPUTM us WIS Pld yer 000 670 XCINI 000 LZO XCINI us 9795 Pld yer us uoze s soq uoze s I abeq Tddns 3ST T moputm Artnbul TeqoT saspTtrng Wd 12 9 0007 97 90 11 29 Resource Manager User s Manual Tables List Features The Tables List shows the tables that are in any application and the information they contain Reports A sample Tables List is on pa
46. Iopu a Sul FI ON zeque qou JT sYA 19que ssezppe UDTa10J e sey JOPUSA Sul FI ON zeque qou JT SYA z qu ssezppe UDTa10J e seu JOPUSA SU FI seotoyo u3 ybnoxya sT boz 09 v 6 9 T sn UOTJEUIOJUT STOW 10 IETNOITO XP PISPSJ aya 395 p qurid eq TITM Junowe ssseypand qep o3 1e y SISYM WIOF ISIW 660T y UO z qumu xoq y 07 spuodsa109 10JPOTPUT DT TJ SUL suorqo T s ayy u mq q T6603 09 v 6 5 T 19302 UOTJEUIOJUT STOW 10 IETNOITO XP RISPSJ aya 395 paqutad eq TITM Junowe ssseypand a78ep 039 189 y SISYM WIOF ISIW 660T y UO z qumu xoq y 07 spuodsaz109 10JPOTPUT DT TJ SUL ON 183ue jou JT sYA z qu 3031109UT ST JSQUNU UOTIPOTITJUSPT Xe S JOPUSA aya JPY sTeeA sary 1sed ayy UT aotmy ueduoo 1no p rjr3aou seu S0TAISg anuarsy Teulaqul u3 JI ON 183ue jou JT SHX z qu 3031109UT ST JSQUNU UOTIPOTITJUSPT Xe S JOPUSA aya JPY siee sary 1sed ayy UT 301M7 ueduoo ano p rjr3ou seu SOTAISS anuansy TeurS UT Sul FI ON 183ue jou JT sYA z qu 3021109UT ST JSQUNU UOTIPOTITJUSPT Xe S JOPUSA aya JPY siee 14 1sed ayy UT aotmy ueduoo 1no p rjr3aou seu S0TAISg anuaray Teulaqul u3 JI 3291 dT H Ez pu etqe eg squnosoy T98T00 T99100 199100 T9STOO T9STOO 196100 T9LTOO T9LTOO End NAADVAVY and NAADVAY TAOVdV 804 Wd4A9VdV TAOVdV End NAADVAVY and WdA9VdV ss
47. PTD Profit Totals The INVTOPPP function returns the 10 most profitable items from inventory for the period the ID and description the amount taken in from sales and the quantity sold Setup types Company ID Warehouse ID Item Number Sub Type Description 1 Alphanumeric 1 Item ID 2 Alphanumeric 1 Item Description 3 Numeric 1 Item Sales 4 Numeric 1 Item Quantity 5 Alphanumeric 2 Item ID 6 Alphanumeric 2 Item Description G 34 Resource Manager User s Manual References Predefined Functions Sub 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 Type Numeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Numeric Resource Manager User s Manual Description 2 Item Sales 2 Item Quantity 3 Item ID 3 Item Description 3 Item Sales 3 Item Quantity 4 Item ID 4 Item Description 4 Item Sales 4 Item Quantity 5 Item ID 5 Item Description 5 Item Sales 5 Item Quantity 6 Item ID 6 Item Description 6 Item Sales 6 Item Quantity 7 Item ID 7 Item Description 7 Item Sales 7 Item Quantity G 35 Predefined Functions References G 36 Sub 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 Type Alphanume
48. RW Rpt displays aGENERAL Report Writer report SAAN AnS II Enter the program name menu filename menu record name or operating system command to execute or if you selected type 0 press Enter Enter a parameter for the menu selection If you selected type 0 for the line or if you do not need a parameter pressEnter Command Bar Definitions Command Enter edit Move Copy Swap Unique Title Write Description Move to the line you want to edit and press Enter Press M to move the line to a new location Press C to copy the line to another line Press to swap the position of a line with another line Press U to create or remove unique menu items Press T to go back to the Title field Press W to write save the line you changed Resource Manager User s Manual 6 17 Favorites Menus System File Maintenance Saving and Exiting To save your entries and exit to the System File Maintenance menu use the Write W command followed by the Exit F7 command 6 18 Resource Manager User s Manual Inquiry Window Definitions Features Use the Inquiry Window Definitions function on the System File Maintenance menu to maintain the windows that appear when you use the Inquiry F2 command Although the inquiry windows are already set up for you you can change the size of the window modify data and headings or add a window Reports No report is associated with this function Screen Use Screen Descri
49. Top 10 Items 7 27 Top 10 Sales Reps 7 31 Top 10 Vendors 7 35 Resource Manager User s Manual Executive Information Summary EIS Dashboard 8 3 Dashboard 8 7 Dashboard History 8 11 Field History 8 15 Global Dashboard Update 8 19 Purge Dashboard History 8 23 Field Definitions 8 25 Setup 8 31 Functions 8 35 Access Codes 8 41 Dashboard Editor 8 45 Screen Definitions List 8 49 Field Definitions List 8 53 Functions List 8 57 Setup Definitions List 8 61 Print Manager Report History Inquiry 9 3 Active Report Control 9 7 Archive Report Control 9 13 Report Classes 9 19 Parameter Maintenance 9 21 Purge Report History 9 25 Reports Data File Allocation Report 10 3 Product Suggestions Report 10 7 Error Log 10 11 Global Inquiry Window Audit Report 10 15 Master File Lists Menu List 11 3 Backup Restore Commands List 11 7 Application Information List 11 11 Company Information List 11 15 Resource Manager User s Manual Help Screens List 11 19 Inquiry Window Definitions List 11 23 Global Inquiry Window List 11 27 Tables List 11 31 Country Codes List 11 35 Tax Locations List 11 39 Tax Groups List 11 43 Options and Interfaces List 11 47 Field List 11 51 References System Messages A 1 File Descriptions B 1 Common Questions C 1 Laser Alignment Notes D 1 Other Commands E 1 Common Ratios F 1 Predefined Functions G 1 Building Functions H 1 Compatibility Matrix 1 1 Index Resource Manager User s Manual Introduction
50. You can display the data straight from the function or you can use the Math formula to manipulate the data the function provides from one or more functions to calculate an original value You must supply a setup ID for the function to summarize the information correctly What does the word Global mean On an EIS Dashboard the Global command recalculates the fields on the current EIS Dashboard only The Global Dashboard Update function recalculates all the fields in the system What is the difference between the Recalc and Global commands Use the Recalc command to recalculate the value only in the highlighted field Use the Global command to recalculate all the values on the EIS Dashboard Resource Manager User s Manual C 3 Common Questions References How do I select two noncontiguous accounts from a file Enter two ranges in the setup ID one for only the first account and another for only the second account How often is the Field History file updated History data is stored when you run the Global Dashboard Update function with the Save History flag set to YES How can I rename an EIS Dashboard You can load the EIS Dashboard in the EIS Dashboard Editor function and save it as a different screen ID If you do not want the screen to be labeled under the original screen ID use the Delete Screen command in the EIS Dashboard Editor function to remove it How can I find out the last time a field was recalculated Move the cursor
51. ad L HSYOTD ar dna s WY EP TT TOOZ ET LO 8 63 Resource Manager User s Manual Print Manager Report History Inquiry Report History Inquiry 9 3 Report Control Active Report Control 9 7 Archive Report Control 9 13 File Maintenance Report Classes 9 19 Parameter Maintenance 9 21 Purge Report History 9 25 Resource Manager User s Manual 9 1 Report History Inquiry Features The Report History Inquiry function displays every report you have printed to file moved or printed from the Active Report Control function and moved to or printed from the Archive Report Control Reports No report is associated with this function Screen Use Screen Description Report History Inquiry Use the Report History Inquiry screen to display reports printed to file and reports moved from and to the Active and Archive Report Control functions Resource Manager User s Manual 9 3 Report History Inquiry Print Manager Report History Inquiry Screen Hera Hiring Irene Cora Modes ie Gaii H tt 20 08 Bo 74 FF FF 120000 J ACT Laa 17 700 11708 LEI Field Definitions Field Name Description Description The name of the print job is displayed Type The action performed on the file is displayed PF printed to file PQ printed from Active Report Control RQ removed from Active Report Control PA printed from Archive Report Control RA removed from Archive
52. ano uotadr19saq AI dnzas ste3oL TTEG STTA AzojstH Tregea dy AVadIHaW T uoTIdraoseg UOTIOUNA L Ta euog 00 666 666 666 sen AeTdsta Area ybrerg owen Irqeq Ato STH TTe3Sq dv AmadHav GI PTet sebuey Aueduo aNOD STeJOI STT4 SYS dY MONHOdW sebuey Aueduo aNOD STEJOL STIA SOTOAUJ usdo av NHdoav Z sabueyg ueduo Ino STEJOL STTA SUOTJOPSUEII dv NvaLdv T uotadrioseq GI dn3as uotqdtzoseq UOTIDUNA a za 7 ta T 1a eTnunog 66 666 666666 sen Aetdsta soueTeg sTqe eg saunooov Tvgav qI PISTA ISTT UOTITUTIS PISTA WY Tp TT Arddng sz pTrng TOOZ ET LO Resource Manager User s Manual 8 56 Functions List Features Use the Functions List function on the EIS Master File Lists menu to produce a list of functions the system recognizes This list is valuable if you are defining or editing functions and you need a hard copy for comparison Reports A sample Functions List is on page 8 60 Screen Use Screen Description Functions List Use the Functions List screen to select the functions and the amount of detail you want to include in the list Resource Manager User s Manual 8 57 Functions List Executive Information Summary Functions List Screen Cord Ei ode m Erik Lea DEB BD 734 05 Javier Rok Finn ID Fran Thai Pur rise C Gum Linde Rawa Funcion hei Tea Compay OSL eed TO Field Definitions Field Name Description Pick Function ID Enter the range of functions you want
53. begin printing After the report is produced the EIS Reports menu appears 8 8 Resource Manager User s Manual Dashboard Executive Information Summary EIS Dashboard Report xxx FIO SH JO PUT xxx bv v E bb b Ebr bv v 8T 0 0 E bbt Ebb Ethie bv v bv v Ethie bb v bv v Ethie bb v Ebr SIOIIY ON S66 SIOI11H ON S66 SIOIZY ON S66 SIOI1H ON S66 SIOIZY ON S66 SIOJ1H ON S66 SIOJ1H ON S66 SIOIZY ON S66 SIOJIH ON S66 SIOJ1H ON S66 SIOJIH ON S66 SIOI1H ON S66 SIOIIY ON S66 SIOJIH ON S66 SIOJIH ON S66 SIOJIH ON S66 SIOIZY ON S66 SIOJ1H ON S66 ST T ST T ST T ST T TE T ST T ST T ST T ST T ST T ST T ST T ST T ST T ST T ST T ST T ST T 00 L8 P60 PLE S 108 PE6 L8 66 126 Z 00 06 90 TL 00 00 00 T6 566 SOT OL 1859 9T 1LO 00E 00 00 LO Sv9 061 96 L6S 9SL Z 09 769 60T Ob 8L9 ZLE Te30L snjeis PToH duer ang sso Te2J0L sn3e3S PTOH ana sso 3 ang Teqol seo GIA Teqol SOTOAUT ald Te3oL 0FOAUI 3 1ZT seo GLA 9STW SOTOAUT Id OSTW 0FOAUI OZT T6 53 IK XEL S0TOAUJ dld xe SOTOAUT 06 19 599 GLA yTETY SOTOAU
54. below for more information Saving and Exiting Use the Exit F7 command to return to the EIS File Maintenance menu Resource Manager User s Manual 8 27 Field Definitions Executive Information Summary Math Formula Screen Gorman dt Moree mar bal SP a RA Ho 7e He hin Field Definitions Enter one to 10 lines of formula to calculate the display value The values returned by the function setup lines you entered on the Field Definition screen are denoted in the formula by the letter F followed by the function setup line number Because functions can sometimes return several values the specific value requested is then denoted inside square brackets for example 2 for the second value returned by the function If no square brackets are given the first value returned by the function is used Here are two examples of field formulas Formula Description F4 F2 2 The first value returned by the function and setup ID on the fourth line of the Field Definitions screen divided by the second value returned by the function and setup ID on the second line of the Field Definitions screen F3 3 F1 2 The third value returned by the function and setup ID on the third line of the Field Definitions screen multiplied by the second value returned by the function and setup ID on the first line of the Field Definitions screen 8 28 Resource Manager User s Manual Executive Information Summary Field Definitions Command Bar Def
55. cannot convert files for the application or the conversion program is missing from your system Choose a different application to convert or copy the conversion program to the application s program directory No data directories are defined You did not specify the directory that contains your data files Use the Directories function to specify the directory A 12 Resource Manager User s Manual References System Messages No Fields in Formula A formula must contain at least one field No OSCODE File Setup Company Access Codes First You must set up access codes through Resource Manager before you set them up in EIS See page 3 19 No help records matching this field name The help record you specified does not contain any descriptive text Enter a different help ID No jobs have been selected for batch processing Before printing jobs that are in the queue you must select at least one print job to be included in the batch by using the B command No options found for this application The application you selected has no options No source files found for fapplID The source files were not found for the application you are working with Check the directory that contains the files to be converted for the proper source files No unprinted suggestions match print selections The suggestions you entered have already been printed Number of columns must be greater than 4 The window must be more than four columns wide Num
56. commands E 6 Resource Manager User s Manual References Other Commands Product Suggestions From any field you can make edit and save suggestions for improving the product If you have a suggestion fax or mail it to Open Systems Select Product Suggestions from the Other Commands menu This screen appears ee ugyane ra Ei icin Die bete wk DA mo nt EA San TE um fer Arien Hu Wauki EI Haras liar Dar Des Compa OE GN Tana Fine EVT Field Definitions Field Description Suggestion This number identifies the suggestion Identification numbers start at 0001 If you want to create a new suggestion press Enter the editor creates a new suggestion number one unit higher than your last number if any If you want to recall a suggestion for editing enter the number of the suggestion Application Enter the application you want to make a suggestion for Version Enter the version number of the application 5 21 6 05 etc Resource Manager User s Manual E 7 Other Commands References Field Description Menu Item Enter the name of the menu item you want to make a suggestion for Status The cursor moves to this field when you enter the number of a suggestion you want to recall If the suggestion has not been printed N is displayed If the suggestion has been printed Y is displayed You can change the print status of the current suggestion Last Modified The last creation and or last edit
57. date again using the format shown in the message Invalid device ID The device ID you entered is not valid When you set up a terminal ID it must begin with the letter T when you set up a printer ID it must begin with the letter or L and when you set up a plotter ID it must begin with the letter D Invalid Element element In Field ffieldID Invalid Function Number number In Field fieldID The formula has an invalid element or function number Invalid entry The information you entered is not valid Enter the data correctly Invalid Time The format is hh mm Invalid version number please enter again The version number you entered is not valid Enter a different version number Invalid workstation ID The system does not recognize the workstation ID you entered Enter a different ID Mask format error use mask The data you entered does not fit the format for the field Enter the data again using the format shown in the message A 10 Resource Manager User s Manual References System Messages Math expression does not contain matching parentheses The data name you chose is invalid in this window definition Move to New Location and Press Enter Move the cursor to the spot on the EIS Dashboard where you want the left edge of the field to appear and press Enter Memo accounts are not allowed The GL account you entered cannot be set up as a memo account in General Ledger Must build CNVTxxx table to valida
58. date of the current suggestion is displayed Description Enter the description of the suggestion When you have finished creating or editing a suggestion use the Proceed OK command to save your entries and exit to the Main menu Applications Options Inquiry Use the Applications Options Inquiry utility to view the options for any application Select Applications Options Inquiry from the Other Commands menu After you enter the application ID the options and interfaces selected for the application appear When you are finished viewing the information press any key to continue Global Inquiry E 8 Use the Global Inquiry command from the Other Commands menu to gather information from all the OSAS files and applications with a common field To produce a list of the windows use the Global Inquiry Window List function To produce a report of occurrences where links between windows are not continuous use the Global Inquiry Window Audit Report function Resource Manager User s Manual References Other Commands The applications on the Global Inquiry menu are set up in the PARAM table in the Application Tables function Each application is assigned a window ID whose characteristics were either installed with Resource Manager or set up in the Global Inquiry Definitions function Setting up a Global Inquiry window definition requires knowledge of the file structures in OSAS If you are not familiar with OSAS file structure
59. fields For example if you want a report to include information only about vendor ACE001 enter ACE001 at both From and Thru If you want the report to include information only about vendors that start with CO enter CO at From and COZZZZ at Thru Each field where you enter information on a report function screen usually restricts the overall output of the report For example if you leave the Vendor ID From and Thru fields blank the report will contain information about all the vendors But if you enter invoice 100 in the Invoice Number From and Thru fields and invoice 100 is assigned only to vendor ACE001 the report includes information only about vendor ACE0O1 Information for reports is sorted first by a space _ then by characters then by digits then by uppercase letters and finally by lowercase letters No matter what you enter in the From and Thru fields however your entries are sorted in alphabetical order unless the function provides an option to sort the information differently Sorting by alphabetical codes or IDs is easy For example the IDACL comes before the ID BB because A comes before B Resource Manager User s Manual 1 47 Reports Introduction But take notice when you enter codes or IDs that consist of something other than letters the order might not be what you expect For example if 20 items are labeled I through 20 and you want all of them to be in a report you might enter I at From and 20 at Thru expect
60. for the list to begin printing After the list is produced the EIS Master File Lists menu appears Resource Manager User s Manual 8 55 Executive Information Summary Field Definitions List List INIlIONS Field Def T abeg 00 666 666 666 sen Aetdsta GLA AUbTS14 OW W 91984 AzojstH TEIST dv MAAGOHAV AI PISTA sobuey ueduo ano uotadr19saq AI dnzas STeIOL dd STTA 10ISTH T24 dV ALdIHdY T uotqdtzoseq UOTIOUNA folta e nuzog 00 666 666 666 sen Aetdsta Cid Xe ousW 31980 103STH Tregea dv XIdgqQH4dV AI PISTA sobuey ueduo ano uotadr19saq AI dna s STeIOL ULA eTtd 109STH TreIsa av LAIHA I uotjdtzoseq UOTIDUNA 8 TH L Tat 9 Ta G Ta ewo 00 666 666 666 sen Aetdsta ala Te OL sows 31980 T0YSTH Tregegq av OldadHdy qI PTET sobuey ueduo ano uotadr19saq qr dna s STeIOL Ula eTtd X0ISTH TreIsa av LAIHA I uoTIdtioseg UOTIDUNA sta e nuzog 00 666 666 666 sen Aetdsta aLd Te1010ms owe 31080 T0YSTH Tregeg av ISdEaHaY qI PTera sobuey Aueduoo ano uotadr19saq AI dna s sTeqoL dd STTA 10ISTH T24 dV ALdIHdY T uotqdtzoseq UOTIOUNA g Ta e nuzog 00 666 666 666 sen Aetdsta ald OSTW OWS 11980 10ISTH Tregsa av ImagcHavY qI PTET sobuey ueduo ano uotadr19saq AI dnzas STeIOL Ald STTA 10ISTH TreIsa dV ALdIHdY T uoTIdraoseg UOTIOUNA L Ta euog 00 666 666 666 sen Aetdsta Gla uybrerg oueW 11081 1OISTH Teed dv wjdgqHdV dI PISTA sabueyg ueduo
61. function on the EIS Master File Lists menu to produce a list of fields that have been defined You can list each function s ID and description or you can list each function broken down with its types of output Reports A sample Field Definitions List is on page 8 56 Screen Use Screen Description Field Definitions List Use the Field Definitions List screen to select the fields and the amount of detail you want to include in the list Resource Manager User s Manual 8 53 Field Definitions List Executive Information Summary Field Definitions List Screen nogen Fr he ma 14 Fick Fe Fan TE mu fn REE jJ dire M Prez Fasa r umawa hi Ghee Functions eig Daia r Erp Bi ED amana OO ENN Field Definitions Field Name Description Pick Field ID Enter the range of fields you want to include in the list Print Select the level of detail you want to include in the list You Show function setup detail 8 54 can list the functions and setup IDs assigned to each field definition or you can list only the ID and description for each field If you want to list the types of output descriptions setup types and ranges of each function and setup ID that make up the field definition check the box or enter Y in text mode if not uncheck the box or enter N in text mode Resource Manager User s Manual Executive Information Summary Field Definitions List Saving and Exiting Select the print device
62. hahida f Earp Bl GEE eed TING Field Definitions Field Name Description Field ID Enter the ID of the field you want to work with Copy From This field appears if you enter a new field ID Enter the ID of the field from which you want to copy field information Description Press Enter to use the description that is displayed or enter a different description for the field Display Mask Press Enter to use the mask that is displayed or enter a different mask for the field Inquiry Function ID The function ID refers to the operation you want performed on the data and the information you want in return gt N o Resource Manager User s Manual Executive Information Summary Field Definitions Field Name Description Setup ID The setup ID refers to a range of data to which you want to confine the associated function s operations You can enter any setup ID that includes setup information that matches the setup types defined for the function ID you entered Command Bar Definitions Command Description Enter edit Move to the line of function and setup IDs you want to edit and press Enter Then edit the function and setup IDs listed for the line Append Press A to add a line of function and setup IDs Then enter the function and setup IDs you want to use Header Press H to return to the header portion of the screen Math formula Press M to activate the Math Formula screen see Math Formula Screen
63. is a description of the key label Accept the displayed description or enter the user label that you want to be displayed when you are prompted for a command response Command Bar Definitions Command Enter edit Write Saving and Exiting Description Move the prompt to the line you want to edit and press Enter Press W to write changes to the file and exit from the function To write changes to the file and exitto the Workstation Configuration menu use the Write W command Resource Manager User s Manual 2 9 Features Reports Devices Use the Devices function on the Workstation Configuration menu to set up terminals printers Windows graphics devices and other graphics devices such as plotters you use on your system If you have a multiuser system you can also specify whether a device will be local used by one workstation or shared by all workstations You can save your last device setting in a file that you specify by using the Configuration Backup screen The screen appears when you enter the devices function and will prompt you for a backup file name You can preserve your old backup files by choosing a unique file name Overwriting the old file will erase your previous Device setting and replace it with your current settings No report is associated with this function Resource Manager User s Manual 2 11 Devices Workstation Configuration Screen Use Screen Description Devices Use the
64. menu to create or modify anew dashboard Use this function only after you have established the fields you need through the Field Definitions function The way in which you edit dashboards is different in text and graphical modes The information stored for the dashboards in text and graphical are different as well If you want to define a dashboard for use in both the text and graphical modes you must set it up twice once in each mode Reports No report is associated with this function Screen Use Screen Description Untitled Screen Use the blank Untitled Screen to create your dashboard Resource Manager User s Manual 8 45 Dashboard Editor Untitled Screen Durma Hiii De Fer ES pl BE Hei gt a ma 74 Field Definitions Executive Information Summary Compay Ei See lend TOO CAN In graphical mode you can right click on the dashboard screen or any field and select Properties to open a dialog box where you can define the pixel locations and size of the fields on the screen Here is a sample of the Properties box Properties In text mode the coordinates at the bottom right of the EIS Dashboard indicate where the cursor is on the screen Use these coordinates when you place the fields and set visual margins 8 46 Resource Manager User s Manual Executive Information Summary Dashboard Editor Command Bar Definitions Command File Commands Load Dashboard Save Dashboard New Dashboard Delete Da
65. menus regardless of whether you use the text or graphical modes for the OSAS functions Favorites Menu The Favorites menu operates in any of the menu formats The Favorites menu allows quick and easy access to the OSAS functions you use most allowing you to add selections for entire menus or particular functions With the Favorites menu you save time in no longer switching to and from commonly accessed applications For example if you perform tasks in several applications such as Transactions and Cash Receipts in Accounts Receivable GL Account maintenance in General Ledger and Price and Item Inquiry functions in Inventory you can set up a Favorites menu rather than moving between each application s menus Once you have set up your Favorites menu you can open a function for use with one press of the Enter key or the click of a mouse button Favorites Menu Graphical Style m AA Ca Rerspik dd Ld Cars Hecapt GL Arcounts IM Pripe ard debida IM Pem i rr gra For a sample of the Start style favorites menu see page 1 23 For a sample of the text favorites menu see page 1 37 1 12 Resource Manager User s Manual OSAS Graphical In a Windows environment you can choose from two types of graphical style menus The standard Graphical menu features application selections that resemble many Windows functions The Start style menu is named because of its functional resemblance to the Start menu in Windows 95 98 NT and 2000
66. of the field Application ID Enter the ID of the application to which the field belongs 6 66 Master File Enter the file name of the master file where the field is defined If the master file is company specific append a lowercase x to the file name File Description Enter a description of the master file Numeric Field If this field contains numeric values check the box or enter Y in text mode if not uncheck the box or enter N in text mode Resource Manager User s Manual System File Maintenance Field Definitions Field Name Field Number Field Start Field Length Window ID SELVAL File Name Description Fld Num Start Len Description Enter the field number within the master file where this field is located If this is not a numeric field enter the starting position within the specified field number where this field ID begins If this is not a numeric field enter the total number of characters that this field ID uses Enter the ID of the inquiry window you want to use when entering field values in the Change Fields function Enter the selection value associated with the inquiry window if necessary The files that contain this field are listed along with the field information where the field is located in the file Command Bar Definitions Command Enter edit Append Goto Delete Field ID Field ID Sort Files Saving and Exiting Description Move to the file you want to ed
67. on screens with scroll regions displaying multiple lines of information Selection Key First Line Home Previous Page PgUp Previous Line Up Next Line Down Next Page PgDn Last Line End Insert Ins Delete F3 Jump Tab Resource Manager User s Manual Operations Moves the cursor to the first data entry field Displays the previous page Moves the cursor up to the previous line Moves the cursor down to the following line Displays the following page Moves the cursor to the last data entry field Allows the insertion of characters between preexisting entries in a field Deletes the selected characters Moves the cursor to the next section of the screen in some functions 1 29 OSAS Graphical Introduction 1 30 Inventory Lookup Menu brenda Loco Het lar Lookup e Casio anda Lp hah d Deisl Losi aa Lor Long aan Tal Lop BT Cope par Lcd uq he If you use the Inventory application and the cursor is in an Item ID field you can use any of the Inventory Lookup commands to search for information about items and select an item for entry in the field you are in Selection Key Alias Lookup Shift F3 Customer Vendor Lookup Shift F4 Detail Lookup Shift F5 Lot Lookup Shift F6 Serial Lookup Shift F7 Description Lookup Shift F8 Operation Search for items with a specified alias listed as an alternate item When you enter the alias you can use
68. output device for the list Resource Manager User s Manual 11 7 Backup Restore Commands List Master File Lists Backup Restore Commands List Screen Field Definitions This screen has no fields to enter Command Bar Definitions This screen has no command bar Saving and Exiting Select the output device to begin printing the list After the list is produced the Master File Lists menu appears 11 8 Resource Manager User s Manual Backup Restore Commands List Master File Lists Backup Restore Commands List J odsy Jo puq V N IXL LANSO SUTT pueumoy ade worJ 31097534 Y N 1XI 108S0 SUTT pueuuoy ade 04 dnyoeg S 399T S ITP dots HYOLSHY IXL JINSO SUTT pueuwog ddoT4 WOIJ 91091584 S doT3 MeTes ATP dNNDVE IXI ANESO SUTT puewmog ddoT4 03 dnyoeg ASTI spueuuo ez0jsey dnyoeg WY LZ 6 Atddng szepttng 1002 60 90 11 9 Resource Manager User s Manual Application Information List Features The Application Information List shows the applications that are on your system and their installation information Reports A sample Application Information List is on page 11 13 Screen Use Screen Description Application Information Use the Application Information List screen to select the List applications you want to include in the list Resource Manager User s Manual 11 11 Application Information List Master File Lists Application Information List Screen Ah head on e
69. s Manual 11 43 Tax Groups List Master File Lists Tax Groups List Screen Comer Heia im Hon EKE ba o Br Atari Thb Tam Fie L lima ET Corpa H TE NUDE Teran NOG TT Field Definitions Field Name Description Tax Group From Thru Enter the range of tax groups you want to include in the list Command Bar Definitions This screen has no command bar Saving and Exiting Select the output device to begin printing the list After the list is produced the Master File Lists menu appears 11 44 Resource Manager User s Manual Tax Groups List Master File Lists Tax Groups List ENN p urquoo 310da1 Jo puq STESSY PJOSSUUTN UNN rv Z TS TOAST T b SAT f T TAST I TOAST TOAST I TSA9T STSAST UO XEL STSAST UO xeL STSA9T UO xe uo xe 3srT sdnozo xeL 1 abeg qtddns szepting poggew utzaodeg uotadriosaq dnoag xeL WY T 01 1002 60 90 11 45 Resource Manager User s Manual Options and Interfaces List Features The Options and Interfaces List shows the options and interfaces for the applications that are on your systems and the information they contain Reports A sample Options and Interfaces List is on page 11 50 Screen Use Screen Description Options and Interfaces List Use the Options and Interfaces List screen to select the applications you want to include in the list Resource Manager User s Manual 11 47 Options and Interfa
70. saved field history from a different date Use the Exit F7 command to return to the EIS Dashboard menu Resource Manager User s Manual 7 37 Executive Information Summary EIS Dashboard EIS Dashboard EIS Reports Dashboard Dashboard History Field History EIS Periodic Maintenance Global Dashboard Update Purge Dashboard History EIS File Maintenance Field Definitions Setup Functions Access Codes Dashboard Editor EIS Master File List Screen Definitions List Field Definitions List Functions List Setup Definitions List Resource Manager User s Manual 8 3 8 7 8 11 8 15 8 19 8 23 8 25 8 31 8 35 8 41 8 45 8 49 8 53 8 57 8 61 Features Reports EIS Dashboard An EIS Dashboard is a screen that displays several fields and associated values Normally the EIS Dashboard shows related fields Use the EIS Dashboard function to do several tasks Redisplay the value of the fields on a screen in case another user on a network recalculates the fields while you are viewing it Recalculate the value of a field or all fields on a screen Set up initial parameters that determine which values will be displayed on the screen Change a fields s definition View detailed information about a field the field ID description and mask the last updated time date and user and the status of the field Configure or edit the screen s definition Load a new EIS Dashboard Load an EIS Dashboa
71. shows the contents of the help file for an application Use this function to plan changes to the help content or as a record of the changes you made Reports A sample Help Screens List is on page 11 22 Screen Use Screen Description Help Screens List Use the Help Screens List screen to select the help screens you want to list Resource Manager User s Manual 11 19 Help Screens List Master File Lists Help Screens List Screen Hele German List File Command Ed Movies es Hip 20 tm ma 74 pe Bun Arica Fe D The fr Hasip ID Fam lima Fisk a Fira Ibis Fort By r Feld To F dde Compas H 021 000 amana TOA CAN Field Definitions Field Name Description Application From Thru Enter the range of applications you want to include in the list Help ID From Thru Enter the range of help screens you want to include in the list Field Name From Thru Enter the range of field names you want to include in the list Print By Select the order in which you want to organize the list Command Bar Definitions This screen has no command bar 11 20 Resource Manager User s Manual Master File Lists Help Screens List Saving and Exiting Select the output device to begin printing the list After the list is produced the Master File Lists menu appears Resource Manager User s Manual 11 21 Master File Lists Help Screens List Help Screens List T ON 189uS qou JT sYA 19que ssezppe UDTa10J e sey
72. text mode to continue if not uncheck the box or enterN in text mode and print it before continuing Inquiry Pick Enter the range of tax authorities and locations you want to clear sales tax for The Inquiry F2 command is available in the Tax Locations fields Command Bar Definitions This screen has no command bar 4 22 Resource Manager User s Manual Application Setup Clear Sales Tax Saving and Exiting Use the Proceed OK command to begin the process After you clear the sales tax the Application Setup menu appears Resource Manager User s Manual 4 23 Period Setup Features Use the Period Setup function on the Application Setup menu to set up the CNVTxxx Period Conversion table the current fiscal year and the number of periods per year Reports No report is associated with this function Screen Use Screen Description Period Setup Use the Period Setup screen to establish the current fiscal year and number of periods Resource Manager User s Manual 4 25 Period Setup Application Setup Period Setup Screen Ped Selg BE Derah Edn boder ts Peke La ha Bd de Sie Cord Fecal Tem Hen Perdi sa Fri Perel Grga Dai 4 f 1 in i faro 7 nam Tula s DES TT TE l 7 Ta a q m 3 Im m 18 rem TT hi E Pu ra i 1000 Ted T IRE ENTI Field Definitions Field Name Description Current Fiscal Year Enter the current fiscal year No of Periods Year Enter the number of periods i
73. the customer representative and the territory associated with the customer Setup types Company ID Sub 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Type Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Description 1 Customer Name 1 Customer Profit 1 Customer Rep 1 Customer Territory 2 Customer Name 2 Customer Profit 2 Customer Rep 2 Customer Territory 3 Customer Name 3 Customer Profit 3 Customer Rep 3 Customer Territory 4 Customer Name 4 Customer Profit 4 Customer Rep 4 Customer Territory 5 Customer Name 5 Customer Profit Resource Manager User s Manual References Predefined Functions Sub 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 Type Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Resource Manager User s Manual Description 5 Customer Rep 5 Customer Territory 6 Customer Name 6 Customer Profit 6 Customer Rep 6 Customer Territory 7 Customer Name 7 Customer Profit
74. the information use the Jump command to select the correct summary field and change the information using the fields below A sample of the way the data will appear is displayed in the middle section of the screen Accept the displayed name for the field enter a different name or blank out the field if you want to enter a mathematical formula on the next line Resource Manager User s Manual System File Maintenance Field Name Expression Label Data Type User Mask Format Field Start Length Row Col Xref Resource Manager User s Manual Global Inquiry Definitions Description Enter a mathematical formula by using the Global Inquiry shorthand method or by entering valid mathematical expressions Accept the displayed label for the field enter a different label or blank out the field Accept the displayed data type or enter a different value alphanumeric values 2 numeric values 3 date values 4 social security number values Enter the user defined numeric mask you want to use for numeric fields Enter the format to use for numeric data or press Enter to accept the format that s displayed Use any combination of these codes format as a dollar amount defaults to two decimal places format with commas inserted where necessary 0 7 format with the specified number of decimal places Z format to display totals of zero when applicable Enter the field in the file or
75. the reports list on the screen You can sort the reports by report description date and time from most recent to oldest ID of the user who produced the file report class terminal ID where the file was produced Press P to print the selected file see Print Control Screen below Press B to print the files you selected using the Tag command see Print Control Screen below Press G to go to a specific report in the Archive Report Control This command is available only ifthere is more than one screen of reports Saving and Exiting To exit to the Report Control menu use the Exit F7 command Resource Manager User s Manual 9 15 Archive Report Control Print Manager Search for Text Screen EE jme ie Hai ry he ma Te Field Definitions Field Name Search for Pick Description Enter the string you want the system to search for and use the Proceed OK command You must enter the text you are searching for exactly as it appears in the print job upper and lowercase letters must match exactly For example if you are searching for the employee ID BOU001 you can enter all six characters BOU0O1 just the first few characters BOU or just the last few characters U001 but not lowercase letters bou001 If the system locates the string you entered the page number on which the string appears is displayed Press P to print the displayed page number to print all pages where the string occu
76. the run time values automatically when the commands are executed Enter a tape backup command or accept the displayed command You can include these variable values in the command dir the path where the files are stored select the file name criteria that matches the application and company you requested tape the path for the tape device The variables are replaced by the run time values automatically when the commands are executed Enter a tape restore command or accept the displayed command You can include these variable values in the command dir the path where the files are stored select the file name criteria that matches the application and company you requested tape the path for the tape device The variables are replaced by the run time values automatically when the commands are executed Command Bar Definitions This screen has no command bar Resource Manager User s Manual 6 47 Backup Restore Commands System File Maintenance Saving and Exiting Use the Proceed OK command to save your entries and exit to the System File Maintenance menu 6 48 Resource Manager User s Manual Form Codes Features Use the Form Codes function on the System File Maintenance menu to set up and maintain codes for the forms you use in the OSAS applications you have installed Form Codes are used primarily to assign copy names to laser forms that you need to print multiple times f
77. to include in the list Print Select the level of detail you want to include in the list You can list the output and definitions for each function or you can list only the ID and description for each function Show function setup If you want the listing of each function to be broken down into types the setup types check the box or enter Y in text mode if not uncheck the box or enter N in text mode 8 58 Resource Manager User s Manual Executive Information Summary Functions List Saving and Exiting Select the print device for the list to begin printing After the list is produced the EIS Master File Lists menu appears Resource Manager User s Manual 8 59 Executive Information Summary Functions List Functions List T bed ISTT SUOTJDUNJ Arddng szepting uor3adraos q d r sTeqoL qId 9TTA ATOISTH SAD99YI av squnoostq syo uo predsag ang ssoz5 syo uo ptedezg squnoostq syo uo reTnbey ang ssoz9 syoeyg eTndsy uotjdtzoseq DTISUNN OTASUNN OTASUNN DTISUNN d r sTe3oL TTeq STT4 TOYSTH syoouD dV qd 9 X M d A99M 8280 p A99M area X M aqed z X M eyed T A99M oyea s Aepol quy qunoosrq puokeg end 3 N puoAsg quy qunoosrq Y SM end 3 N 9 A99M quy qunoosrq G SM and 3 N S A99M quy JUNOISTA Y YyeeM ang 3 N y YPM quy qunoosrq E Y M end JAN A99M quy JUNODSTA Z SM ang 3 N Z Xe9M quy qunoosrq I ASSM and 3 N T X M quy JUNOOSTA AepoL eng N
78. to purge Description The description and other statistics for the file are displayed Key Chain Enter the number of the key chain you want to use to find the records you want to remove Starting Key Enter the first key you want to look at when purging records Command Bar Definitions This screen has no command bar 5 26 Resource Manager User s Manual Data File Maintenance Purge Data Records Saving and Exiting Use the Proceed OK command to begin the purge process Each key from the file is displayed beginning with the starting key you entered As each record appears you can take one of three actions Select Yes or press F3 to delete the record from the file Select No or press Enter to leave the record in the file Use the Exit F7 command to leave all remaining records in the file and return to the Data Flle Maintenance menu When you process the last record in the file you can enter another filename to purge records from or use the Exit F7 command to return to the Data File Maintenance menu Resource Manager User s Manual 5 27 Change Fields Features Use the Change Fields function on the Data File Maintenance menu to change any code from one value to another The Change Fields function in Resource Manager can change codes for any application To produce a list of fields changed use the Print Log feature A sample of the log appears on page 5 33 Change Fields Screen When you select Change F
79. to the field on the EIS Dashboard and use the View command The date and time the field was last calculated is displayed on the View screen The terminal ID of the workstation where it was recalculated is also displayed How can I change the default screen that appears when I select the EIS Dashboard Use the Workstation Defaults function in Resource Manager to enter the screen ID in the Dashboard field That ID becomes the default screen How can I keep other users from seeing particular fields here and there Use the Access Codes function on the File Maintenance menu to assign access to users for each field defined in the Field Definitions function A string of Xs appears if a user does not enter the right code Before you can use the Access Codes function you must set up access codes using the Access Codes function on the Company Setup menu See page 3 19 for information C 4 Resource Manager User s Manual Laser Alignment Notes Printing Forms Ordering Forms are loaded into printers face up or face down When you order prenumbered forms for a printer that loads face down the order must be reverse collated Request this when ordering Laser Printer Alignment Tips for Forms To make sure lines and characters are aligned properly when printing any form to a laser printer you must set the default lines per page to 60 This will ensure the lines will not creep up the form Follow these steps 1 Select the printing menu fr
80. what version is on the system OSCNVT HDR Conversion Header The OSCNVT HDR files stores general conversion information OSCODE Access Codes The OSCODE file stores such access code information as the access name menu type program menu parameter and access code for each user If no access code exists for a company all the menu selections are valid If an access code exists for a company the information is stored in the OSCODE file Set up access codes through the Access Codes function OSCOMP Company The OSCOMP file stores the company names addresses and numeric mask defaults associated with company IDs Each time a new company ID is defined in the Company Information function a record is added to this file OSCOPR Copyrights Messages The OSCOPR file stores copyright messages for applications enhancements and add ons OSDE Device Setup The OSDE file stores information needed to construct a maintenance screen for the Devices function B 6 Resource Manager User s Manual References File Descriptions OSDF Workstation Defaults The OSDF file holds information about the default values used for each workstation toggle defaults field defaults and directory defaults Set up defaults on your workstation through the Defaults function OSER Error The OSERxxx file stores information about BASIC errors that occur during normal operation Use the Error Log function to produce a list of the errors OSFRM Application
81. workstation whose defaults you want to work with This field appears if you entered a new workstation ID Enter the ID of the workstation from which you want to copy the default settings Enter the workstation ID to which you want to copy these default settings or enter ALL to copy the default settings to all workstations If you want the computer to beep during verification of commands such as Exit F7 Abandon F5 and Proceed OK enter A if not enter I Resource Manager User s Manual Workstation Configuration Defaults Field Name Verify Exit Insert Quick Allow Exit Copyrights Live Data Verify PgDn Compressed Resource Manager User s Manual Description If you want to confirm the Exit F7 and Abandon F5 commands by issuing the commands a second time enter A if not enter I If you want the character you type to appear before to the left of the cursor by default enter A If you want the character you type to replace the one the cursor is on enter I In some applications quick entry lets you skip nonessential fields on a screen If you want the cursor to stop only at fields that require new data enter A If you need to change a nonessential field when quick entry is active use the up arrow key to move back to the field after you pass it or click on the field in graphical mode If you want the cursor to stop at every field you can change on the screen enter I the norma
82. xppy ubr zod ss xppy ubr zod ss xppy ubtez04 30JR0TPUI PTETA 309R0TPUI PTETA ST3ON NIL PUZ ST3ON NIL puz ST3ON NIL PUZ J odsy Jo puq 6601 6601 6601 6601 6601 6601 6601 3817 susszos drT H bed Arddns s spt ng NY 0 6 1007 60 90 Resource Manager User s Manual 11 22 Inquiry Window Definitions List Features The Inquiry Window Definitions List shows the inquiry windows on your system and the information they contain Reports A sample Inquiry Window Definitions List is on page 11 25 Screen Use Screen Description Inquiry Window Use the Inquiry Window Definitions List screen to select Definitions List the windows you want to include in the list Resource Manager User s Manual 11 23 Inquiry Window Definitions List Master File Lists Inquiry Window Definitions List Screen Ip minja beini LHA REA Lumwarh Ei Moden be Erik iR a hea Bo r qu dub joint From PF 3 Th 5 Wimke Fran Tina Copy OGG Termal TOD PARI Field Definitions Field Name Description Application From Thru Enter the range of applications you want to include in the list Window ID From Thru Enter the range of windows you want to include in the list Command Bar Definitions This screen has no command bar Saving and Exiting Select the output device to begin printing the list After the list is produced the Master File Lists menu appears 11 24 Resou
83. 0 ON UOTJETTIOU003Y YUEG OF SOPIASAUT STO ON 2809 qon 09 soej1equl 600 ON Axoquanul 01 soPJISJUJ Z00 ON 196p9T Tersuey 09 SorIISJUJ 100 ante uoTIdTI0S8 zequny UOTIIO cz pu etqedeg squnoooy 104 ST SS0PJISJUI pue SUOTJdO WY ZZ 0T bed Arddng szepttng T007 60 90 Resource Manager User s Manual 11 50 Field List Features Use the Field List function to display and print out all the field ID codes and the definitions The field codes control how fields are changed when you use the Change Fields function Reports A sample Field List report is on page 11 54 Screen Use Screen Description Field List Use the Field List screen to select the applications you want to include in the list Resource Manager User s Manual 11 51 Field List Master File Lists Field List Screen Fra L ni FE Ciri Ei Mod t bek sym be o 14 UL treer Ba F E Compay ESS Terna TIER Field Definitions Field Name Description Field ID From Thru Enter the range of applications you want to include in the list Do You Want to Print If you want a detailed list of the fields including the Field Detail associated file definitions check the box or enter Y in text mode if not uncheck the box or enter N in text mode Page Break per Field If you want begin on a new page each time the Field ID ID changes check the box or enter Y in text mode if not uncheck the box or enter N in text mode Command Bar Defin
84. 03U dv YEOTME SSUEN MY SA99UY dv NEOZMA uoTeuuoJul SY SY08UD d WEOZMA SUOTJONIISUI MY SADSYI AV IEOZMa 1euorotd SADIYD AV GE OTMY s910dey My 1OISTH dv ETOTMY STLE sewen IOISTH av NZOTMY uoTJeuIOJUJ Asy IOYSTH av WZOZMA SUOTJONIISUI MY XOISTH NV IZOZMY Azeuotjotq J09STH av ATOTMAE J70da4 My UOTJOPSUEII MW STOZMY STIA SAWEN UOTJOPSUPII av NTOZMY ou y UOTJDESUEII dy NTOZMY UOTJONIJISUI MY UOTJOPSUPIL MW ITOZMY AreuorzoTq UOTIOPSUPIL dv GTOZMY STLE 370dey IODU A dv YO07MY STIG S WEN IODU A dv NOOZMA UOTJPUMOJUT sy JOPUSA dv WOOZMA SUOTJONIISUJ MY IOPUSA dy 100ZMY reuorotq Topue av COOTMY STI OTdo av dOLdV e3epMN SVSO UO av 103 SSTTA pezeys STTAI SUOTITUTJSq MODUTM dv ONIME soyoqtms ebeyutT uoTado av HOMSAY SITZ NUS MW Nav TA Tegel dv LXL TIVIN STLA dren av TIHA ISTT SSTTI av IXI SYTIAdV OTS vIVAdv STTI uot yeottddy av IXI TddVdV dv208d SVSO uo av TOF SeTTA pezeys uoradrzos q Sueu TTa WY 1036 1002 60 90 Resource Manager User s Manual 10 6 Product Suggestions Report Features Produce the Product Suggestions Report when you are ready to fax or mail the suggestions you created through the Product Suggestions function on the Other Commands menu to Open Systems Reports A sample Product Suggestion Report is on page 10 10 Screen Use Screen Description Product Suggestions Use the Product Suggestions Report screen to select the Report suggestions you wan
85. 1 39 Shift F7 function key 1 30 1 45 text menu 1 17 1 39 Shift F8 function key 1 30 1 45 Shift F9 function key 1 26 1 32 1 43 Start Over function key 1 25 1 41 pull down menu command 1 25 tool button 1 24 Start Over function key 1 39 Start style menu exiting from 1 15 features of 1 13 keyboard commands 1 16 right click menu 1 16 sample screen 1 15 SUGGEST file B 11 Support Information function 6 57 screen 6 58 Support Information command E 13 screen E 13 System Messages A 1 function 6 41 T Tab report command 1 45 scroll region command 1 29 Tab function key 1 41 text menu 1 39 Tables List function 11 31 sample 11 34 screen 11 32 Tax Classes function 4 3 screen 4 4 Tax Groups Resource Manager User s Manual function 4 13 screen 4 14 4 16 Tax Groups List function 11 43 sample 11 45 Tax Locations Edit Line window 4 10 function 4 7 screen 4 8 View Line window 4 12 Tax Locations List function 11 39 sample 11 42 screen 11 40 terminal parameter 1 11 Terminals screen 2 20 Text menu keyboard commands 1 38 text mode defined 1 4 toggle between halves of reports 1 45 Toggle GUI Functions function key 1 17 1 39 Toggle GUI Scaling function key 1 17 1 39 tool bar graphical functions 1 24 graphical menus 1 21 tool button Access Code 1 18 Application Information 1 21 Calculator 1 19 1 24 change to from Favorites 1 20 Copy 1 24 Delete 1 24 H
86. 11 24 Ins inquiry command 1 34 1 44 scroll region command 1 29 1 46 Ins function key 1 32 1 42 Insert Line command Resource Manager User s Manual function key 1 29 1 46 pull down menu command 1 29 Insert line item 1 29 1 46 Insert mode function key 1 32 1 42 Inventory Lookup commands 1 30 1 44 Inventory Lookup commands 1 30 alias lookup 1 30 customer vendor lookup 1 30 description lookup 1 30 detail lookup 1 30 lot lookup 1 30 serial lookup 1 30 Shift F3 1 30 Shift F4 1 30 Shift F5 1 30 Shift F6 1 30 Shift F7 1 30 Shift F8 1 30 Inventory lookup commands alias lookup 1 44 customer vendor lookup 1 44 description lookup 1 45 detail lookup 1 45 lot lookup 1 45 serial lookup 1 45 Shift F3 1 44 Shift F4 1 44 Shift F5 1 45 Shift F6 1 45 Shift F7 1 45 Shift F8 1 45 inventory search commands 1 44 Shift F6 1 45 J Jump function key 1 25 1 41 pull down menu command 1 25 Jump command function key 1 29 pull down menu command 1 29 Jump function key 1 39 Resource Manager User s Manual K Key Help function key 1 16 Keyboard function 2 7 screen 2 8 L Last Line command function key 1 29 1 46 pull down menu command 1 29 scroll button 1 31 Left Arrow report command 1 45 Left Arrow function key 1 32 1 42 List function key 1 40 to printer or file 1 40 live data changing to 1 18 1 22 1 38 Live Sample Data function key 1 16 1 38 Locations function
87. 26 Resource Manager User s Manual Reports Data File Allocation Report 10 3 Product Suggestions Report 10 7 Error Log 10 11 Global Inquiry Window Audit Report 10 15 Resource Manager User s Manual 10 1 Data File Allocation Report Features The Data File Allocation Report provides a list of the data files on your system and their sizes Use it to audit the use of disk space Reports A sample Data File Allocation Report is on page 10 6 Screen Use Screen Description Data File Allocation Use the Data File Allocation Report screen to select the Report application companies and files you want to include in the report Resource Manager User s Manual Data File Allocation Report Reports Data File Allocation Report Screen Dala Fie Adern Frya al war Ei boder Die bre Lea bm ma 14 De hayka Had dr P yaru jan B Tni Hn Compay Fiara E 3 Mini bekit man ipene Fr Daia Draci Mm F Coda Termica Jire F ee Te EG 7 Repo she D aa Fil E Compara H DEE Terra T EXE OM Field Definitions Field Name Description Application Enter the range of applications you want to include in the report Company Enter the range of companies you want to include in the report Include If you want to include the files of each type listed in the report check the applicable box or enter Y in text mode if not uncheck the applicable box or enter N in text mode Command Bar Definitions This screen has no command b
88. 35 36 37 38 39 40 Type Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Resource Manager User s Manual Description 5 Customer Rep 5 Customer Territory 6 Customer Name 6 Customer Profit 6 Customer Rep 6 Customer Territory 7 Customer Name 7 Customer Profit 7 Customer Rep 7 Customer Territory 8 Customer Name 8 Customer Profit 8 Customer Rep 8 Customer Territory 9 Customer Name 9 Customer Profit 9 Customer Rep 9 Customer Territory 10 Customer Name 10 Customer Profit 10 Customer Rep 10 Customer Territory G 15 Predefined Functions References ARCTOPPY AR Top 10 Customers YTD Profit Totals The ARCTOPPY function returns the customers that provided the most profit for the year to date in descending order the profit the customer representative and the territory associated with the customer Setup types Company ID Sub 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Type Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Description 1
89. 4 21 4 25 4 29 4 1 Tax Classes Features Use the Tax Classes function on the Application Setup menu to add or change the descriptions associated with tax classes Reports No report is associated with this function Screen Use Screen Description Tax Classes Use the Tax Classes screen to add or change tax classes Resource Manager User s Manual 4 3 Tax Classes Application Setup Tax Classes Screen Tas Clas FE Lumera Mode ee Soni Hen ue Le BD 18 Ar A DE fd Product Erka m lbs iie E r cum Bi l ferd Cory 11 000 led TOA Field Definitions Field Name Description Class The numeric representation of the tax class is displayed Description The description of the tax class is displayed Command Bar Definitions Command Description Enter edit Move the prompt to the class you want to edit and press Enter Append Press A to add a tax class 4 4 Resource Manager User s Manual Application Setup Tax Classes Command Description Goto Press G to move to a specific tax class This command is available only if there is more than one page of tax classes Saving and Exiting To save your entries press Enter To exit to the Application Setup menu use the Exit F7 command Resource Manager User s Manual 4 5 Tax Locations Features Use the Tax Locations function on the Application Setup menu to set up and maintain the authorities for which you accumulate sales
90. 7 sample 8 60 G General Information Inquiry function E 1 1 screen E 11 Global Dashboard Update function 8 19 Global Inquiry defined 1 3 Global Inquiry command E 8 window E 9 Global Inquiry Definitions function 6 23 Global Inquiry Window Audit Report function 10 15 sample 10 17 screen 10 16 Global Inquiry Window List function 11 27 sample 11 29 screen 11 28 graphical menu exiting from 1 14 features of 1 13 keyboard commands 1 16 right click menu 1 16 sample screen 1 14 graphical menus right click menu 1 22 graphical mode defined 1 4 H Help 1 22 function key 1 28 1 40 pull down menu command 1 28 tool button 1 20 1 24 help commands F3 1 42 F6 1 31 1 42 F7 1 31 1 42 X 6 Help Screens function 6 37 Help Screens List function 11 19 sample 11 22 screen 11 20 Home inquiry command 1 33 1 44 report command 1 45 scroll region command 1 29 1 46 Home function key 1 32 1 42 Information function key 1 40 Information menu accessing 1 40 Inquiry function key 1 25 1 31 1 40 graphical 1 31 partial key 1 43 pull down menu command 1 25 inquiry commands Down Arrow 1 34 1 44 End 1 34 1 44 Enter 1 34 1 44 Esc 1 44 F7 1 34 1 44 Home 1 33 1 44 Ins 1 34 1 44 PgDn 1 34 1 44 PgUp 1 33 1 44 Up Arrow 1 34 1 44 Inquiry Window Definitions function 6 15 6 19 screen 6 20 Inquiry Window Definitions List function 11 23 sample 11 25 screen
91. 78 Enter a number in this range Could not find any valid source files for this application The directory you specified for the files you want to convert does not contain files for the application Enter the correct directory name Data files exist Do you want this task to erase them Data files exist for the application you are trying to convert Select Yes or enter Y in text mode if you want the data files for the application to be erased SelectNo or enter N in text mode if you want to abandon the operation Data files exist for this company cannot delete You cannot delete the company from the system because it has data on file Use the appropriate operating system command to back up and delete the files from the data directory Then delete the company Device ID deviceID already exists You cannot use the same ID for more than one device Enter a different ID or exit from the function and edit the device ID you specified Directory does not exist The directory you specified for the files you want to convert does not exist Enter a different directory name A 4 Resource Manager User s Manual References System Messages Disk drive not ready The system cannot access one of the disk drives to find the file it is looking for Make sure that the door to the diskette drive is closed Display Mask Does Not Fit on Screen The size of the display mask is larger than the screen holds Try to place the field farther away
92. 96 2495 Support Telephone 800 582 5000 Support Fax 952 403 5870 Internet Address www osas com Contents Introduction Welcome to OSASTM Resource Manager Overview Conventions OSAS Graphical OSAS Text Reports Workstation Configuration Colors Keyboard Devices Defaults Company Setup Company Information Data File Creation Data File Conversion Options and Interfaces Access Codes Country Codes State Codes Application Setup Tax Classes Tax Locations Tax Groups Sales Tax Report Clear Sales Tax Period Setup Pop Up Calendar Resource Manager User s Manual 1 3 1 5 1 9 1 13 1 35 1 47 2 3 2 7 2 11 2 27 3 3 3 11 3 15 3 19 3 21 3 23 4 3 4 7 4 13 4 17 4 21 4 25 4 29 Data File Maintenance Backup 5 3 Restore 5 7 Application Tables 5 11 Change File Size 5 15 View File Contents 5 19 File Rebuild Verify 5 23 Purge Data Records 5 25 Change Fields 5 29 System File Maintenance Application Information 6 3 Directories 6 7 Menus 6 11 Favorites Menus 6 15 Inquiry Window Definitions 6 19 Global Inquiry Definitions 6 23 Help Screens 6 37 System Messages 6 41 Backup Restore Commands 6 45 Form Codes 6 49 Form Printers 6 53 Support Information 6 57 User Login Activity 6 61 Field Definitions 6 65 EIS Dashboards Company Summary 7 3 Cash Requirements Forecast 7 7 Daily Statistics 7 11 Accounts Receivable Analysis 7 15 Accounts Payable Analysis 7 19 Top 10 Customers 7 23
93. AS To start OSAS on a computer running Windows double click the OSAS shortcut on the desktop or in the appropriate folder To start OSAS on an operating system other than Windows enter osas at the operating system prompt The osas command can recognize three parameters t c and a 1 10 Resource Manager User s Manual Introduction Conventions The terminal ID t is the identification code assigned to the terminal you are using to run OSAS On multiuser systems each terminal usually has a default ID that was assigned to it when the terminal was added to the system Use the t parameter only when you want to log on with an ID other than the default ID The terminal parameter is valid only if you are using Resource Manager for LANs The company ID c is the identification code assigned to a company If your system carries two or more companies and you do not enter acompany ID the menu of the company entered by the last person who used the terminal appears The access code a is your personal password Refer to page 3 19 for information about assigning passwords The most general expression for getting into OSAS takes all the parameters into account For example if you are on terminal 2 you want to work with company B and the password is selena specify that information to enter the system osas t T2 c B a selena In UNIX you can enter the parameters in any order and you can use any combination You must leave a s
94. AS adele Ends le ual kan he Pez iba riypa na f D r pra sai raara hr marad efter cra a br pau Bene bpans peblem u bumi Dz Api Depan Field Definitions Field Name Select directory on which to create files Enter directory that contains the files to be converted Do you want source files erased after conversion Do you want conversion to pause if a problem is found Mon Eomp OE arr EU DNI Description The data directory you set up for the OSAS system appear If more than one directory is listed select the data directory where you want the new converted files to be created Enter the path name of the directory that contains the files you want to convert If you want the source files to be erased after they are converted check the box or enter Y in text mode if not uncheck the box or enter N in text mode If you want the conversion to pause when problems arise check the box or enter Y in text mode if not uncheck the box or enter N in text mode Resource Manager User s Manual Company Setup Data File Conversion Field Name Appl Description Version xxData files exist Do you want this task to erase them Do you want a printout of the error log after each application Description Enter the ID of the application you want to convert The application description is displayed Enter the version number of the application you want to convert If you wan
95. Colors Field Name Description Text Enter the number of the color within the color group you selected you want for text Border Enter the number of the color within the color group you selected you want for borders Title Enter the number of the color group you want for the title Command Bar Definitions This screen has no command bar Saving and Exiting Use the Proceed OK command to save your entries and exit to the Workstation Configuration menu Resource Manager User s Manual 2 5 Keyboard Features Use the Keyboard function on the Workstation Configuration menu to customize the function and editing keys for your workstation and to copy a keyboard layout to another workstation or set of workstations The Keyboard function is used only with character based screens Reports No report is associated with this function Screen Use Screen Description Keyboard Use the Keyboard screen to customize the function and editing keys for your workstation Resource Manager User s Manual 2 7 Keyboard Workstation Configuration Keyboard Screen A GAS TOM dating di Pnn Help Egmyt ard Nocketstiom TODO Copp Ta beeostiprios Type Paulo Kew Laken Teer Label Help Boreen Esc H Fi Fi Inysiry apren Eso Y Fi Fa Delete a em Eso D F3 F rer Coma Berean Esc Fa F4 Aar creta ES x FS r5 Aa Lntenanee Screen f F F FE Exit St Fees E A Fr Fr List Screen Esc L Fa r Unde Edit Ex U Fa ra Delete to E
96. Devices screen to set up the configuration for each workstation in your system Devices Printers Use the Printers screen to set up the printer configuration for the system Devices Terminals Use the Terminals screen to set up the terminal or workstation configuration for the system Devices Plotters Use the Plotters screen to set up plotters for the system Devices Other Use the Other screen to add other types of devices such as Windows graphical devices to the system Devices Configuration Use the Configuration Backup screen to establish a Backup configuration backup file for the system Devices Screen 2 12 Commer f den Cer ferd Comrade Hole Fra ha mn Te El mar dla Se TRARSPASEN TSH 17191191 shar PE LE Far ee ALERT i ae LPL bagar en oltin B Pires Lopes HES Ea PO EE miaa POL apir Fira Dialog Laser LES elt POLS GE OFTE 12 Td sss PL paani rd Sang Loree LIM EG PELS ADL POL i XE Tik kne PT ret rel Dil di Fai Or Pika PE nil SPOT Sa lisa POD m net Pret Dog Dal a o LIE SEE SPTTILY 00 CP ar PD peni Pent um Doi dre LHE bn a EPA J LEW papani LT Pardos Wake Cesare LITE SER GPO als POS par Pard Dto lic Carga Dal Mat LINE 2 SPT aleta Pad net Fret Espias ta a D naspa bol M sm LIME o SATTEL Cyd Sat TOROS grrr Resource Manager User s Manual Workstation Configuration Devices Command Bar Definitions Command Description
97. E 1 Other Commands References E 2 Field Definitions Field Memory Tape Entry Functions Keys FlorC Erase Tape F2 or E Clear Entry Description The number or total stored in memory is displayed The printout tape of a real calculator is simulated in the Tape display area Numbers operators and a running total of the calculations are displayed Each workstation has its own unique tape for the calculator The last tape that was used is recalled when you start the calculator The tape is stored as a file on the hard disk and reloaded each time you use the calculator When you want to start a new tape press F1 to erase the current tape The number or comment you are entering or have just entered is displayed To enter a number type the number To enter a comment type a quotation mark and then a comment Comments can be 16 characters long To make calculations with the Calculator use postfix notation First type a number Then press the key of the operator x or you want to use Type a second number and press the key of another operator or press Enter to total the calculation The Calculator functions are displayed in the Functions field Press to see the subtotal the quotation mark key to start a comment and T to print the tape In the View Tape function you can use three keys the up arrow key to move up the tape the down arrow key to move down the tape and the Esc ke
98. Enter edit Move the prompt to the line you want to edit and press Enter Append Press A to add a device A selection window appears see Appending a Device Selection below Write Press W to save your entries to a file Appending a Device Selection When you append a device this screen appears Lower D Mode fe Hide w gt z Om dm BD 7E u urti bka Uue fp C iape Peri E rai Select the type of device you want to append and use the Proceed OK command to continue Refer to the appropriate Devices screen below for more instructions Saving and Exiting To save your entries and exit to the Workstation Configuration menu use the Write W command and then select Yes or enter Y in text mode Resource Manager User s Manual 2 13 Devices Workstation Configuration Devices Sysprint Screen and Direct Printers Screen Fra an mm Te Abenden 3 Irmina pont pue i En DONG Tee Tann uvh SEG wm ma 2 14 Resource Manager User s Manual Workstation Configuration Devices Field Definitions When you add or edit a printer you must specify the BBx device name the system device name and the type of device Field Name Description BBx Device Name Enter the device name Inquiry Copy From This field appears if you entered a new device name Enter the name of the device whose settings you want to copy Inquiry System Device Name Enter the system device name Use t
99. Enter the company s name Enter the company s street address on one or both lines Enter the company s city Resource Manager User s Manual Company Setup Company Information Inquiry Inquiry Inquiry Inquiry Field Name State Zip Country Site Phone Fax OSAS Web Date Mask Time Mask Location ID Bank ID OSAS Web Batch ID Weight Unit Resource Manager User s Manual Description Enter the company s state Enter the company s zip code Enter the company s country code The country code you enter also controls the defaults for the country code in other OSAS applications and the default phone number mask Enter the company s OSAS site number for reference Enter the company s phone number using the mask that appears Enter the company s fax number using the mask that appears If you want to use certain data files for this company with the OSAS Web application making them available for Internet access enter A If not enter I If you want dates in the company s reports and on screens to be in American format mm dd yyyy enter 0 If you want them to be in European format dd mm yyyy enter 1 If you want times in the company s reports and on screens to be in standard 12 hour format hh mm am pm enter 0 If you want them to be in military 24 hour format hh mm enter 1 Enter the ID of the location you want to use as a default when entering inventory tra
100. Enter the position in the key number where the search label is found Enter the length in the Search command where the Search definition begins Command Bar Definitions This screen has no command bar Saving and Exiting Use the Proceed OK command to save your entries and continue with the next definition screen you selected If this is the last definition screen you selected the Global Inquiry Definition screen appears Enter another window ID to maintain or use the Exit F7 command to return to the System File Maintenance menu Resource Manager User s Manual 6 27 Global Inquiry Definitions System File Maintenance Global Inquiry Summary Fields Screen 6 28 Ga hera Denia Tr peers KG eos gha kh ra ha mm TE ar reka Wmi FH Page 2 a 8 Fi Dua Hama Tae Deira Fond Fed Sus Les Aue 1 ITEW ID i Vin D 3 inh am ii I MLO ART PLA D 3 Last Puch Date sn ten mm ME nur pes onrtin 1 Darcia om wri am nam i MLE GALT PN n 3 Lazi Puch Miis Stil ten am a B E 7 Hori o Piura Fie Diem ID OOOO Last Purch bite VETT rn igen laap fri Ha W Danh fir MID Field Definitions Field Name Fld Data Name Type Description Format Field Start Len Row Col Heading Output Appearance Data Name sees ee TA ll pe JE SS a ER Erga h DEG aed CODE CR Description The field number is displayed The information for the summary fields that are defined is displayed To change
101. Enter the second number 99 It appears in the Entry field as you type and moves to the bottom of the tape when you press Enter The calculation is then made and the total 131 00 followed by two asterisks is shown at the bottom of the tape 4 If you want to start a new tape press F1 or C to clear the tape before you start another calculation Making a String of Calculations You can make consecutive calculations using the running total from each previous operation 1 Enter the first number of the calculation to reset the current total The new total appears on the tape E 4 Resource Manager User s Manual References Other Commands Type the operator you want to use do not press Enter The number you typed in step I and the operator appear in the Tape field Enter the second number The calculation is made and the total is displayed at the bottom of the tape This total is used to start the next calculation Type the second operator do not press Enter The last total is recalled from memory The operator is then displayed in the Tape field behind the last total Enter the next number The calculation is made and the new total is displayed at the bottom of the tape Repeat steps 2 5 until the calculation is complete As new calculations are displayed at the bottom of the Tape field the previous numbers and operators scroll up the display area to make room When the Tape field is full the numbers scroll off the t
102. Exit F9 Application Setup Operation Views the list of commands for the menu To close the commands window press any key Displays help information for this function Displays the Favorites menu or changes to the regular menu from the Favorites menu Allows you to switch between companies Displays the Access Code prompt Opens a menu of utilities A calculator and Global Inquiry which consolidates and presents information from other applications are some of the utilities on the Other Commands menu See Appendix F for information about the utilities on the Other Commands menu Switches between live and sample data Displays the current workstation date and allows you to change it Exits from OSAS Performs certain application setup tasks For example in General Ledger you can select the year with which you want to work If Setup is required in an application the application s user s manual will describe its usage Resource Manager User s Manual Introduction Key F10 Add to Favorites Shift F2 Application Info Shift F5 Change menu style Shift F6 Toggle GUI screens Shift F7 Toggle GUI scaling PgUp Start over Tab Jump Enter Up or Down Ctrl G Bell on off OSAS Text Operation Allows you to add to and delete from your Favorites menu Displays information about the applications you have installed Switch between text and graphical menu styles without goi
103. Exiting Description Select Setup or press S in text mode to display information within a range Select Field or press F in text mode to change the definition of the field Select View or press V in text mode to view information about how the highlighted field was calculated and what values it was designed to produce Select Edit or press E in text mode to reconfigure the EIS Dashboard you are using Select Load or press L in text mode to load a different EIS Dashboard Select History or press H in text mode to display the EIS Dashboard using saved field history from a different date Use the Exit F7 command to return to the EIS Dashboard menu Resource Manager User s Manual 7 33 Top 10 Vendors Function The Top 10 Vendors dashboard provided a list of the top 10 vendors ranked by year to date purchases Reports No report is associated with this function Screen Use Screen Description Top 10 Vendors An EIS Dashboard is a screen that displays several fields Dashboard and associated values Resource Manager User s Manual 7 35 Top 10 Vendors EIS Dashboards Top 10 Vendors Dashboard Garman fede Ge funn bee Sr ha mo to eraka lima Farin YT ei munn surrer ann 2 ELLIS ELECTRICAL SUPPLY H GT D 3 THD BS HEAT _ PEZ ETU gt DEE iI EAE Pat 155 stn ra E MORRIS CHHETFRIICTHIW COMPRA PE a AT E TIWOERLARD Wis IHE TAM d HHSUM DONA CS PARTY IHE ses Pl B PASMA METAL FSAHICATIAE 16
104. Field Name Subject Status From Type Description The reminders subject line is displayed Displays the status of the reminder message The author of the reminder is displayed The circulation type of the reminder is displayed If the reminder is specific to a single user Private is displayed If the reminder is for all users Global is displayed Command Bar Definitions Command Enter view detail Add Edit Refresh view Prev day Next day Move Send Done Go to Line Definition Press Enter to view the selected reminder message When you are finished press any key to return to the View Reminders screen The status of the reminder changes to Read Press A to add a reminder for the day you are viewing see Add Edit Reminder Screen below for more information Select E to edit the selected reminder see Add Edit Reminder Screen below for more information Press R to redisplay all reminders for the current day Select P to view the previous day s reminders Press N to view the following day s reminders Press M to move the selected reminder to another date Select S to send a reminder to another terminal ID Press D to return to the Pop Up Calendar screen Select G to move to a specific message Resource Manager User s Manual Application Setup Pop Up Calendar Add Edit Reminder Screen Eremandi Edi Modas Umar Hain 2a cole OE Amer Fmriap bur VE 2UD im js zJ rn Bubarci ai L
105. Functions screen 8 38 Resource Manager User s Manual Executive Information Summary Functions Setup Types Screen ap Gabun Taa Rm Dwe Edit Hois Dha Hat e gt me mo o Ta Field Definitions Field Name Description Description Length Enter up to ten types of setup information that can apply to Type this function For each type setup information enter a description of the field values the length of the values and the type of value that can be entered You can enter any of these values in the Type field to restrict the information entered 0 alphanumeric information 1 numeric information 3 uppercase alphanumeric information 6 date information Command Bar Definitions This screen has no command bar Saving and Exiting Use the Proceed OK command to save your entries and return to the Functions screen Resource Manager User s Manual 8 39 Access Codes Features Use the Access Codes function on the EIS File Maintenance menu to restrict access to commands and fields on the EIS Dashboard display screen Reports No report is associated with this function Screen Use Screen Description Access Codes Use the Access Codes screen to specify which fields and commands you want to restrict access to Resource Manager User s Manual 8 41 Access Codes Executive Information Summary Access Codes Screen Komande Podes pie par He FE 5 al 18 or Jest E o ji Accom Foul assaka FIG Muhibat e
106. Item Quantity Resource Manager User s Manual References Predefined Functions JOBSACT JO Jobs Phases Actual Totals The JOBSACT function returns the actual amount you billed the customer the pieces that have been completed for an indication of how much of the job has been done the amount of labor hours the miscellaneous costs from the NAMESxxx table see the Job Cost User s Guide and the sum of the miscellaneous costs Setup types Company ID Sub 1 Resource Manager User s Manual Type Numeric Numeric Numeric Numeric Numeric Numeric Numeric Numeric Numeric Description Bill Amount Pieces Labor Hours Cost 1 Cost 2 Cost 3 Cost 4 Cost 5 Total Cost G 43 Predefined Functions References JOBSEST JO Jobs Phases Estimated Totals The JOBSEST function returns the estimated amount to bill the customer the pieces to be completed for an indication of how much of the job has been done the amount of labor hours the miscellaneous costs from the NAMESxxx table see the Job Cost User s Guide and the sum of the miscellaneous costs Setup types Company ID Sub Type Description 1 Numeric Bill Amount 2 Numeric Pieces 3 Numeric Labor Hours 4 Numeric Cost 1 5 Numeric Cost 2 6 Numeric Cost 3 7 Numeric Cost 4 8 Numeric Cost 5 9 Numeric Total Cost G 44 Resource Manager User s Manual References Predefined Functions PACHECK PA Checks File Totals T
107. MDEVDEF B 10 MDRVDEF B 10 MGIDEF B 10 MPRNDEF B 10 MTDxxx B 10 MTHxxx B 10 MTXxxx B 11 SUGGEST B 11 xxAPPL TXT B 1 xxDATA B 1 xxFILES TXT B 1 xxFRST TXT B 1 xxHELP B 1 xxLABEL TXT B 1 xxLAST TXT B 2 xxMN B 2 xxMSG B 2 xxOl B 2 xxSWCH B 2 xxTB B 2 xx WIND B 2 First Line command function key 1 29 1 46 pull down menu command 1 29 scroll button 1 31 Form Class Maintenance function 9 19 Form Codes function 6 49 Form Printers function 6 53 screen 6 54 6 56 R R R R R R R R Resource Manager User s Manual Function Help function key 1 38 Function help 1 22 function keys Ctrl G 1 39 Ctrl F 1 41 Ctrl G 1 41 Ctrl J 1 25 Ctrl O 1 41 Ctrl V 1 41 Ctrl Z 1 26 1 32 Del 1 32 1 42 Down Arrow 1 25 End 1 32 1 42 Esc 1 38 1 40 F1 1 28 1 40 F10 1 26 1 43 F2 1 25 1 31 1 40 F3 1 25 1 40 F4 1 40 F5 1 25 1 40 F6 1 25 1 40 F7 1 25 1 40 F8 1 40 F9 1 42 graphical menus 1 16 Home 1 32 1 42 Ins 1 32 1 42 Left 1 32 1 42 PgDn 1 25 1 41 PgUp 1 25 1 39 1 41 Right 1 32 1 42 Shift F1 1 28 1 40 Shift F10 1 32 1 43 Shift F2 1 40 Shift F3 1 30 1 44 Shift F4 1 30 1 44 Shift F5 1 30 1 45 Shift F6 1 30 1 45 Shift F7 1 30 1 45 Shift F8 1 30 1 45 Shift F9 1 26 1 32 1 43 Tab 1 39 1 41 Up Arrow 1 25 1 41 Functions building H 1 function 8 35 predefined G 1 Functions List function 8 5
108. N file stores form printer information OSTD Temporary config bbx Detail The OSTD file is a temporary file that stores detailed information about a device in the config bbx file This file is built and removed in the Devices function OSTM Temporary config bbx Master The OSTM file is a temporary file that stores the master list of devices in the config bbx file This file is built and removed in the Devices function OSVAR VAR Information The OSVAR file stores the dealer and support information you enter in the Support Information function PMARCxxx Archive The PMARCxxx file stores archived print jobs PMCLASS Printer Class The PMCLASS file stores the last form class the printer used B 8 Resource Manager User s Manual References File Descriptions PMHSTxxx Transaction History The PMHSTxxx file stores transaction history This file is cleared when you use the Purge Transaction History function PMMENxxx Login Activity The PMMENxxx file stores user login activity PMOPTxxx Parameter The PMOPTxxx file stores the parameter defaults you enter in the Parameter Maintenance function PMQUExxx Active The PMQUExxx file stores active print jobs PMSIZxxx Form Class The PMSIZxxx file stores the form classes you set up in the Form Classes function RMCDxxx Tax Class Code The RMCDxxx file stores tax classes and descriptions When you set up tax locations you assign a percentage and other information to eac
109. O Chapin dali Pi Farid adi marin Mil in Fru m eri bo Todos m Ferre Tate m Frp imi Farmer FTD m AA AS Command Bar Definitions To activate the commands on the dashboard screen in graphical mode right click on any field and select the appropriate command from the menu that appears To activate the command on the dashboard screen in text mode press the letter key associated with the command Command Description Update Select Update or press U in text mode to update the information in the fields when used on a network Recalc Select Recalc or press R in text mode to recalculate a field so that you have the latest information Global Select Global or press G in text mode to recalculate all the fields on the screen for the latest information 7 12 Resource Manager User s Manual EIS Dashboards Daily Statistics Command Setup Field View Edit Load History Saving and Exiting Description Select Setup or press S in text mode to display information within a range Select Field or press F in text mode to change the definition of the field Select View or press V in text mode to view information about how the highlighted field was calculated and what values it was designed to produce Select Edit or press E in text mode to reconfigure the EIS Dashboard you are using Select Load or press L in text mode to load a different EIS Dashboard Select History or press H in t
110. OL Edit Ctrl I Fin Fig Unsmeppmi Hay A E Er k SHIFT Fi mh t FL Informatiom mrrmam Ex I SHIFT TZ mh t FZ Unmapped Hay Scream Exc B SHIFT FI sher FI Unnspped Hey Screen Emz E SHIFT F4 Shere FA Enter TALL to 00pr to all workereaticnsa Field Definitions Field Name Description Inquiry Workstation Enter the ID of the workstation whose keyboard you want to edit Copy From This field appears if you entered a new workstation ID Enter the ID of the workstation you want to copy the keyboard functions from 2 8 Resource Manager User s Manual Workstation Configuration Keyboard Field Name Description Type Default Key Label User Label Description If you have a multiuser system you can save time when you set up workstations with similar keyboards by copying the keyboard definition to other workstations Enter the workstation ID you want to copy the keyboard functions to or enter ALL to copy to all the workstations If you are changing the keyboard functions on your terminal only skip this field The keyboard command keys are displayed The type of command screen or edit is displayed The control character or escape sequence for each base command is displayed The key label assigned to each command is displayed To edit the command press Enter Then press the function or editing key you want to use An asterisk next to the key label indicates which command you are working with The user label
111. OPEN SYSTEMS Accounting Software Resource Manager User s Manual PN 2210 RM61 2000 Open Systems Holdings Corp All rights reserved Document Number 2210 RM61 No part of this manual may be reproduced by any means without the written permission of Open Systems Inc OPEN SYSTEMS and OSAS are registered trademarks and Resource Manager Resource Manager for Windows and Report Writer are trademarks of Open Systems Holdings Corp BB is a trademark and PRO 5 and Visual PRO S are registered tradmarks of BASIS International Ltd Novell and NetWare are registered trademarks of Novell Inc Microsoft Windows Windows 95 Windows 98 Windows NT Windows 2000 and MS DOS are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation Adobe and Acrobat are registered trademarks of Adobe Systems Inc TrueType is a registered trademark of Apple Computer Inc Printed in U S A This manual is recyclable March 2001 Release 6 12 This document has been prepared to conform to the current release version of OPEN SYSTEMS Accounting Software Because of our extensive development efforts and our desire to further improve and enhance the software inconsistencies may exist between the software and the documentation in some instances Call your customer support representative if you encounter an inconsistency Open Systems Inc 1157 Valley Park Drive Suite 105 Shakopee Minnesota 55379 General Telephone 952 403 5700 General Fax 952 4
112. On Slave Off Standard Print Standard Cols Termination Timeout Resource Manager User s Manual Description If your system has a printer locking mechanism or if you have a single user system skip this field If your system does not have a printer locking mechanism enter the name of a file that will be created on the disk when the printer is being used Enter an operating system command that the system will execute before a job is sent to the printer If you use Windows check the box or enter YES in text mode to have a dialog box appear when you print your reports With the dialog box depending on the printer driver you can select amount of copies per page printer choices print formats and page layout If you uncheck the box or enter NO in text mode your print job will use the default Windows printer settings Slave printers are attached to one terminal and can be used from other workstations on the system This feature is not available with some operating systems To communicate with slave printers the system may need to send hexadecimal codes before and after the text Enter the hexadecimal codes to be sent to the printer before the text Enter the hexadecimal codes to be sent to the printer after the text Enter the hexadecimal code for standard print 10 characters per inch Enter the number of columns that can be printed in standard print mode Enter the commands to reset the device when the
113. Rep Name 12 Numeric 6 Sales Rep Sales 13 Alphanumeric 7 Sales Rep Name 14 Numeric 7 Sales Rep Sales Resource Manager User s Manual References Predefined Functions Sub Type Description 15 Alphanumeric 8 Sales Rep Name 16 Numeric 8 Sales Rep Sales 17 Alphanumeric 9 Sales Rep Name 18 Numeric 9 Sales Rep Sales 19 Alphanumeric 10 Sales Rep Name 20 Numeric 10 Sales Rep Sales ARSALE Accounts Receivable Transaction File Sales Totals The ARSALE function returns the amount from sales transactions and the costs of the transactions Setup types Company ID Sub Type Description 1 Numeric Invoice Totals 2 Numeric Credit Memo Totals 3 Numeric Invoice Cost Totals 4 Numeric Credit Memo Cost Totals Resource Manager User s Manual G 29 Predefined Functions References ARTRAN AR Transaction File Invoice Totals The ARTRAN function returns the totals from unposted invoices and miscellaneous credits in the Transaction file Setup types Company ID Sub Type 1 Numeric 2 Numeric 3 Numeric 4 Numeric Description Invoice Totals Credit Memo Totals Invoice Cost Totals Credit Memo Cost Totals BRBANK BR Bank Accounts File Totals The BRBANK function returns the bank balance Setup types Company ID Bank Accts Sub Type 1 Numeric G 30 Description Bank Balance Resource Manager User s Manual References Predefined Functions BRJDAY BR Journal File Daily Tota
114. Report Control AR archived and removed from Active Report Control Date Time The date and time the file was printed are displayed Cls The report class assigned to the printed file is displayed 9 4 Resource Manager User s Manual Print Manager Report History Inquiry User The User ID of the user who printed the report to file is displayed Term The Terminal ID of the user who printed the report to file is displayed Command Bar Definitions Command Description View file View the complete path name for the selected file Toggle menu file Toggle between the menu name and the file name in the Description column Sort Select a new report sort method from the list that appears You can sort the reports by date of execution from most recent to oldest report description date from most recent to oldest user ID transaction type terminal ID date of execution from oldest to most recent Saving and Exiting Use the Exit F7 command to return to the Print Manager menu Resource Manager User s Manual 9 5 Active Report Control Features Use the Active Report Control function on the Report Control menu to view and work with print jobs that have not been archived Reports No report is associated with this function Screen Use Screen Description Active Report Control Use the Active Report Control screen to view maintain and print active print jobs Print Control Use the Print Control screen to enter the number o
115. Saving and Exiting Use the Proceed OK command to save your entries and return to the Print Manager File Maintenance menu Resource Manager User s Manual 9 23 Purge Report History Features Use the Purge Report History function on the Print Manager File Maintenance menu to delete history transaction entries by date and transaction type Reports No report is associated with this function Screen Use Screen Description Purge Report History Use the Purge Report History screen to enter the type of transaction history you want to delete and the date before which you want it deleted Resource Manager User s Manual 9 25 Purge Report History Print Manager Purge Report History Screen Frege Rejani Helm al E Erw Pod s ee Ber Pa DA o 14 mkn Tea R pami Type Pu Praga Fe Faks a Faks r Sucher Par bars chia Jus m Pe kun icia Ghee Par ad kars Auch Vila C Pens kon Arie Tia rar Parga Hoi i nar Bros RE Bray bl IE ZEN arena T RU Field Definitions Field Name Description Select Report Type to Select the type of reports you want to remove from history Purge Purge History Dated Enter a date Report history information dated before the date Before you enter will be removed Command Bar Definitions This screen has no command bar Saving and Exiting Use the Proceed OK command to begin the purge process When the process is complete the Print Manager File Maintenance menu appears 9
116. Screen Field Definitions Field Name BBx Device Name Copy From System Device Name Device Type Mode Font1 Font2 Font3 Resource Manager User s Manual Description Enter the device name This field appears if you entered a new device name Enter the name of the device whose settings you want to copy Enter the system device name Select the device type from the inquiry window If your graphics device supports multiple modes of operation enter a mode number Enter the names of one to three files that contain fonts the device can use Fontl is the default 2 23 Devices Workstation Configuration Field Name Description Slave On Enter the hexadecimal codes to be sent to the printer before the text for the graphics device Slave Off Enter the hexadecimal codes to be sent to the printer after the text Initialization Enter an operating system command that the system will execute before a job is sent to the printer Termination Enter the commands to reset the device when the print job is finished Command Bar Definitions Command Description Enter edit Move the prompt to the line you want to edit and press Enter Header Press H to enter a new system device name Done Press D to return to the Devices screen when you are finished making changes Devices Other Screen Aer Tes Conrad EG Was Mer Hep FRE be mo Te Ed en eng era Lar P r lt cr e 9 0 001v9 vm gt
117. T 3 ala IUPTSTE SOTOAUT 09 TE 599 GLA TeIoIans OToAUuI did Te3oaqns eoTOAUT eng JUSIIND SID TA UO JON OL 19 SOTOAUI USd0 av SINDAOAV TA UO ION OL 19 SOTOAUT USdO av SHYDdOdW TA UO JON OL TOAUT U dO peby av OL DWY TA UO JON OL 10ISTH Trejea d OLANIHAY TA UO JON OL 10ISTH Trejea av OLANIHAY TA UO JON OL TOAUT usado paby av ZI sovav TA UO JON OL A10ISTH Tregea av IWANIHdW TA UO JON OL 10ISTH Trejea dv IWdNIHdV TA UO JON OL TOAUT U dO paby av 06 HOWAWY TA UO JON OL 10ISTH Trejea dv XIANIHAV TA UO JON OL 10ISTH Trejea dv XIaNIHAV TA UO JON OL TOAUT U dO paby av 09 HOWAWY TA UO JON OL A10ISTH Tregoa d WIANIHAY TA UO JON OL 10ISTH Trejea dv MAANIHAV TA UO JON OL TOAUT U dO paby av 08 HOVAWY TA UO JON OL 109STH Trejea dv ISANIHAY TA UO JON OL 10ISTH Trejea d ISANIHAY TA UO JON OL TOAUT usdo peby av No YVav snyeIs ye p qepdn 3587 I bed SN EA JUALIN 1 qoezeuo0 stsATeuy Tqe ed 110d8y4 pxeoquseq SIH Atddns s sptrng Ag poyepdn 1587 uorzdrassseq AI PISTA squnoooy INNVdV pzeoqysed Wd Se z 000Z S5Z v0 8 9 Resource Manager User s Manual Dashboard History Features The EIS Dashboard History Report contains the values in the EIS Dashboards that you have saved using the Global Dashboard Update function see page 8 19 Use this report to discover important trends in your business Reports A sample EIS Dashboard History Repo
118. TXT file B 1 xxLAST TXT file B 2 xxMN file B 2 xxMSG file B 2 xxOI file B 2 xxSWCH file B 2 xxTB file B 2 xx WIND file B 2 Resource Manager User s Manual
119. Top 10 Sales Reps dashboard provides a list of the top 10 sales representatives ranked by year to date sales dollars Reports No report is associated with this function Screen Use Screen Description Top 10 Sales Reps An EIS Dashboard is a screen that displays several fields Dashboard and associated values Resource Manager User s Manual 7 31 Top 10 Sales Reps EIS Dashboards Top 10 Sales Reps Dashboard Exa 18 S den Arge F Garman Heke De Funcom fa xe 3 imo 7 U Bii TT kes rs LETE NI ar 277 an kamm A Fini EHAA ri Pant E Tiana PRAT z m m 7 A A du 5 i i m Comp H E Tema OD ST Command Bar Definitions To activate the commands on the dashboard screen in graphical mode right click on any field and select the appropriate command from the menu that appears To activate the command on the dashboard screen in text mode press the letter key associated with the command Command Description Update Select Update or press U in text mode to update the information in the fields when used on a network Recalc Select Recalc or press R in text mode to recalculate a field so that you have the latest information Global Select Global or press G in text mode to recalculate all the fields on the screen for the latest information 7 32 Resource Manager User s Manual EIS Dashboards Top 10 Sales Reps Command Setup Field View Edit Load History Saving and
120. ackup Data File Maintenance Backup Screen Machu Pie Command Ed He he bek aba oo 14 Eure ee Corp Fan B Bacher They J E open Pagea M dykai Date Files T Pepai iiis ts Files Tea prunes Dimun Compay Bi 1 0000 Teens T IR DM Field Definitions Field Name Description Backup Select what you want to back up application programs application data files or Report Writer files Company ID Enter the range of companies whose data files you want to back up Backup Device Select a backup device floppy or tape Directories The names of the directories appear in the lower part of the screen You need a set of backup diskettes for each directory that is listed Command Bar Definitions This screen has no command bar 5 4 Resource Manager User s Manual Data File Maintenance Backup Saving and Exiting Use the Proceed OK command to begin the backup process When the backup process finishes the Data File Maintenance menu appears Resource Manager User s Manual 5 5 Restore Features Use the Restore function on the Data File Maintenance menu only if you lose data or files because of an error or a hardware failure When you restore files you can select which companies files need to be restored everything you select including the data in all applications is returned to the state it was in when the backup was made Reports No report is associated with this function Screen Use S
121. aintain the defaults for the archive directory and document file names Reports No report is associated with this function Screen Use Screen Description Parameter Maintenance Use the Parameter Maintenance screen to enter the defaults for the archive directory and file names Resource Manager User s Manual 9 21 Parameter Maintenance Print Manager Parameter Maintenance Screen Corral Ei boder m Hii a m aries Dario Hee apawan Fla Hame Hud Arctren Via Hama Field Definitions Field Name Archive Directory Next Automatic File Name Next Archive File Name 9 22 10 IE tds cante equ of um Af m H Comey hi EEE eed COG DM Description Enter the path where you want to store archived print files If the path does not exist the system can create it for you The system can assign print file names for you automatically Active reports are named Qnnnnxxx where nnnn is a generated sequence number and xxx is the company ID Enter the sequence number you want generated for the next report you print to a file The system can assign print file names for you automatically Archive reports are named Annnnxxx where nnnn is a generated sequence number and xxx is the company ID Enter the sequence number you want generated for the next print file you archive Resource Manager User s Manual Print Manager Parameter Maintenance Command Bar Definitions This screen has no command bar
122. ake the window smaller or position the first row higher Suggestion xxxx not on file The suggestion number you entered is not in the Suggestions file Resource Manager User s Manual A 15 System Messages References The current period is invalid Must be between 1 and x The current period you entered is not valid with the number of periods year Enter a number that is less than or equal to the number of periods year There are no options or interfaces for this application The application you entered does not have any options or interfaces Make sure that the application is installed on your system and that the data files have been created or converted The version entered is less than any available conversion programs The version you specified has no conversion program This application has violated system integrity due to an invalid general protection fault and will be terminated Quit all applications quit Windows and then restart your computer You are trying to load multiple OSAS sessions too quickly Press A to abort the process exit from all Windows sessions and Windows itself and reboot your computer Then try again make sure that each OSAS session is fully loaded before you load another OSAS session Thru value cannot be less than From value When you specify a range of items for a report the ending value Thru cannot be less than the beginning value From Unable to Create Directory The system cannot
123. alog Yes 2 18 Resource Manager User s Manual Workstation Configuration Devices Device Default Settings Print Setup Laser PSL Lines Per Page 63 Standard Cols 80 Compress Cols 132 Top Margin 5 Left Margin blank Font blank Setup Yes Dialog blank Windows Default Printer Lines Per Page 66 Standard Cols 80 Compress Cols Dot Matrix LPD 132 Top Margin blank Left Margin blank Font blank Setup blank Dialog blank Print Dialog Dot Matrix Lines Per Page 66 Standard Cols 80 Compress Cols PDD 132 Top Margin 5 Left Margin blank Font blank Setup blank Dialog Yes Print Setup Dot Matrix Lines Per Page 66 Standard Cols 80 Compress Cols PSD 132 Top Margin 5 Left Margin blank Font blank Setup blank Dialog blank If you are using a wide carriage printer use the Print Setup function in Windows to set up the paper size Select a paper size of 14 7 8 inches x 11 inches use the US SF information in the Windows Print Manager Due to a Windows limitation you must set this printer as the default printer at Windows level to default the US SF paper size when printing If you do not make your wide carriage printer your default printer you must change the paper size to US SF each time you print to your wide carriage printer Device Default Settings Windows Default Printer Lines Per Page 66 Standard Cols 136 Compress
124. ama hist Field Definitions Field Name Description User ID Terminal The current User ID and the corresponding terminal ID are displayed Terminal The current Terminal ID is displayed Current The menu selection company ID application date and time of the user s current task are displayed Previous The menu selection company ID application date and time of the user s next most current task are displayed Command Bar Definitions This window has no command bar Saving and Exiting To exit to the User Login Activity screen press any key 6 64 Resource Manager User s Manual Field Definitions Features Use the Field Definitions function on the System File Maintenance menu to add new codes or modify existing codes used throughout OSAS applications Once a field is defined you can use the Change Fields function to change the field throughout your OSAS data files Reports No report is associated with this function Resource Manager User s Manual 6 65 Field Definitions System File Maintenance Field Definitions Screen ra Boden ta anrea Hun FY ABA BD 14 u Jaa F D Fer Fila iran Fir Demme Firm Feste Feiler AF Load Ple Tindra Dietas Fo Pusrcacion Hunder ACA inem J Deea Vakt D sat Semi risi Company Ei 071 000 lamama T RE CA Field Definitions Field Name Description Field ID Enter the Field ID you want to add or change Description Enter the description
125. ame and file extension using no more than 35 characters overall Resource Manager User s Manual 1 49 Workstation Configuration Colors 2 3 Keyboard 2 7 Devices 2 11 Defaults 2 27 Resource Manager User s Manual 2 1 Workstation Configuration Introduction 2 2 The Workstation Configuration functions you can use depend on whether you use the text based or the graphical functions You can use all of the Workstation Configuration functions in text mode You cannot use the Colors and Keyboard functions in graphical mode To change the OSAS screen colors in graphical mode use the Windows Control Panel Resource Manager User s Manual Colors Features Use the Colors function on the Workstation Configuration menu to customize the colors at your workstation for each type of text screen and window in OPEN SYSTEMS Accounting Software The type of monitor you use determines the color combinations that are available The colors you choose affect only the character based OSAS screens The colors used on graphical screens are based on the default Windows color scheme you use Use the Colors function on the Windows Control Panel to change your Windows color scheme Reports No report is associated with this function Screen Use Screen Description Colors Use the Colors screen to customize colors for 14 types of windows and screens Resource Manager User s Manual 2 3 Colors Workstation Configuration Color
126. ar 10 4 Resource Manager User s Manual Reports Data File Allocation Report Saving and Exiting Select the output device to begin printing the report After the report is produced the Reports menu appears Resource Manager User s Manual 10 5 Reports Data File Allocation Report Data File Allocation Report TT ET 917 TZ 6L 6z TT 281 09 skey eAT OY otureudq otureudq Srureu q otueu q SrTureu q Srueu q otueu q otueu q Srueu q otueu q otueu q Srueu q otueu q oTtueu q Srueu q otureudq otureudq oTureu d otureudq otureudq otureudq otueu q otueu q Srueu q otueu q otueu q Srueu q otueu q SrTureu q SrTureu q otweudq otweudq otweudq otweudq otweudq uoTIOW Wodey uorqeooTTV STTA PIET v9Z TT 8vo z 021 S 967 SG 870 Z hhT 9 810 89T L 9 FI 870 7 PITS 870 7 960 95b 61 8v0 z bee 91 LOE 9607 9LS 88 870 7 vz8 el 870 7 91Z 6 009 68 870 7 ves e 8v0 z 960 v 008 z1 LOE 9EL TS 095 z 88z z1 6zT 8FZ I9F I E6T 91709 TS pesn SZTSSTTA qtddns saep Ing SSUEN MY SeTIJUY bUTIINOSY d NSOZMA oJUI Asy soTayug DUTIINOSU dv NSOZME 39N13SU SeTIJUH PUT1ANI9Y N ISOZME 3orq seTtIquy bUTIINOSY d Aasozma s110d94 MY S0TOAUT USdo av EF OTME S WeN MY S9TOAUT uedo av NF OZMY oJUI sy 30TOAUT uedo dv WP OZMY 39N13SUT MY S0TOAUT usdo av IPOZMY AreuoT39Tq SoOTOAUT usdo av POZMA sqzodey MY SX
127. ate level Tax on Tax Level Check the box or enter Y or uncheck the box or enter N to indicate whether or not you want to compute tax on the previous tax level 4 14 Resource Manager User s Manual Application Setup Tax Groups Command Bar Definitions Command Description Enter edit Move the prompt to the tax group you want to edit and press Enter Append Press A to add a tax group Saving and Exiting To save your entries press Enter To exit to the Application Setup menu use the Exit F7 command Resource Manager User s Manual 4 15 Tax Groups Application Setup Append Edit Tax Groups Screen Edi Tas op Deva EG Podes fis Hel w gt m Qe mm Field Definitions Field Name Group ID Description Reporting Method Tax Levels Tax on Tax Level Herak BIH T A E Description Enter the ID of the tax group you want to work with Enter a description of the tax group Enter C to report the taxes for the locations in this group as a combined value or S to report the taxes for the locations individually Enter the tax location that you want at the appropriate level If you want to the basis for computing sales tax for this location to include taxes calculated for the specified tax level check the box or enter Y in text mode if not uncheck the box or enter N in text mode Command Bar Definitions This screen has no command bar Saving and Exiting Use the Proceed OK co
128. ation in the fields when used on a network Recalc Select Recalc or press R in text mode to recalculate a field so that you have the latest information Global Select Global or press G in text mode to recalculate all the fields on the screen for the latest information Resource Manager User s Manual EIS Dashboards Company Summary Command Setup Field View Edit Load History Saving and Exiting Description Select Setup or press S in text mode to display information within a range Select Field or press F in text mode to change the definition of the field Select View or press V in text mode to view information about how the highlighted field was calculated and what values it was designed to produce Select Edit or press E in text mode to reconfigure the EIS Dashboard you are using Select Load or press L in text mode to load a different EIS Dashboard Select History or press H in text mode to display the EIS Dashboard using saved field history from a different date Use the Exit F7 command to return to the EIS Dashboard menu Resource Manager User s Manual 7 5 Cash Requirements Forecast Function The Cash Requirements Forecast dashboard displays cash flow projections Reports No report is associated with this function Screen Use Screen Description Cash Requirements An EIS Dashboard is a screen that displays several fields Forecast Dashboard and associated values Res
129. ation you want to include in the list Resource Manager User s Manual 8 49 Screen Definitions List Executive Information Summary Screen Definitions List Screen 8 50 Cam Haia Gh Erg bh Bh te nr am H r bosa Line Nate of Eu F qati nmel E Bisa Fred Tipped T r Fe Deal Field Definitions Field Name Pick Dashboard Show screen layouts Show fields used Show field detail da 1747971 Pou r Ba soe Towed Fita barer EE Ciare H CHO Tim TC CTW Description Enter the range of dashboard IDs you want to include in the list If you want the list to show the appearance of the text dashboard screens with the coordinates at the top and left of the screen check the box or enter Y in text mode if not uncheck the box or enter N in text mode If you want to list the ID description and display mask of each field check the box or enter Y in text mode if not uncheck the box or enter N in text mode If you want to break down each field into its setup ID description and formula check the box or enter Y in text mode if not uncheck the box or enter N in text mode Resource Manager User s Manual Executive Information Summary Screen Definitions List Field Name Description Show function setup If you want to list each function and setup ID for each field detail broken down into ID description type and range check the box or enter Y in text mode if not
130. availability lookup in the Resource Manager Options and Interfaces function The base unit cost is displayed The calculated unit price is displayed Other Commands References Field Name Calc Ext Price Base Quantity Unit Price Command Bar Description The calculated extended unit price is displayed The base level is displayed The sale quantity levels are displayed The calculated unit price for each quantity break is displayed This window has no command bar Saving and Exiting To return to the Price and Availability screen use the Exit F7 command E 18 Resource Manager User s Manual Common Ratios EIS can consolidate and display data directly from applications You can also use EIS to build ratios or relationships between individual figures or sets of figures Financial ratios are indications of the business s performance They demonstrate liquidity solvency and profitability Liquidity indicates the ability to pay bills as they fall due Solvency indicates the ability to pay off all obligations if you would sell out Profitability is a simple term but it can be misleading You can make a profit from earnings generated in your normal course of business or from actions that you cannot expect to repeat such as the sale of irreplaceable assets The goal is to establish ratios that show whether the profits you receive are being maximized or whether other investments could yield a bett
131. ax location records Data File Maintenance Use the Data File Maintenance functions to backup or restore your data files build application tables change file size view file contents rebuild and verify files and purge data records System File Maintenance Use the System File Maintenance functions to set up and maintain application installation information directories application and favorites menus inquiry window definitions global inquiry definitions help screens system messages backup and restore commands form codes forms printer definitions and support information You can also view the locations of other OSAS users through the User Login Activity function EIS Dashboards The EIS Dashboards menu allows you to view summarized accounting information on convenient screens called dashboards The dashboards show data from many different applications for one or more companies Executive Information Summary The EIS functions allow you to set up various dashboards and fields recalculate results for various dashboards maintain files and print file lists Print Manager Use Print Manager to search reports printed to file for specific information or general inquiries Print Manager allows you to control printing queues and maintain saved and archived files 1 6 Resource Manager User s Manual Introduction Resource Manager Overview Reports Use the Reports functions to audit the amount of disk space your data files o
132. ber of rows must be greater than 4 The window must be more than four rows long Resource Manager User s Manual A 13 System Messages References Options and Interfaces program not found The system cannot access the program that is used to set options and interfaces for the application Choose a different application or make sure that the application is installed properly before you try again Path pathname cannot be created accessed The pathname you specified cannot be created or accessed Enter a different pathname to create or use the Application Information function to ensure that the application is installed properly Then try the function again Print Manager is unable to locate the print file filename Check the name of the print job you are trying to print and try again Possible Invalid Characters in Mask You have entered characters other than X or 9 in the mask Record is in use Another terminal on your system is using the data record you are trying to access Wait a few minutes and try again Record not in file The record identified by the data you entered in the field is not in the file Enter a different value in the field Removing Resource Manager is not allowed You cannot remove Resource Manager from the system Screen Definition File filename Not Found You cannot load a screen that is not on file Use the New Screen command to define a screen load an existing screen or use the Inquiry F2 co
133. bles Use the Tables screen to add or change any application table Resource Manager User s Manual 5 11 Application Tables Data File Maintenance Application Tables Screen Gras d bed Dim Helt Fro BA Bo ee ten TT rias Funde Lot a Birn Lagt Pisk El Cosa HOR Tesal TOO TT Field Definitions Field Name Description Enter File Name Enter the name of the application tables file you want to work with Application tables files are named xxTB where xx represents the two character application ID For example the Accounts Receivable tables file is named ARTB the Payroll tables file is named PATB and so on Table ID Enter the ID of table you want to add or change To set up a company specific table enter the table ID plus the company ID To set up a terminal specific table enter the table ID plus the terminal ID Copy From This field appears if you entered a new table ID Enter the ID of the table you want to copy from Description Enter or change the description of the table 5 12 Resource Manager User s Manual Data File Maintenance Application Tables Field Name Number of Cols Column Length Type Parameter Application Window Description The number of columns in the table is displayed The length of columns in the table is displayed The type of characters you can enter in the table is displayed alphanumeric A numeric with two decimals N numeric with three decimals
134. c Command Help To shorten your data search use a partial key inquiry to cut down the size of the inquiry list For example if you know that the ID starts with JAR enter JAR in the ID field before you use the Inquiry command The inquiry list will start with JAR and run through the end of the list Resource Manager User s Manual 1 43 OSAS Text Introduction Key Operation PgUp Display the previous page of the window PgDn Display the next page of the window End Move directly to the last item on file Home Move directly to the first item on file Down Move down one item Up Move up one item Ins Look up Toggle between Search mode and Sort mode F7 Exit Leave the Inquiry window without selecting anything Enter Select the item the cursor is pointing to Esc Open a window that shows Inquiry window commands and View commands the window ID Inventory Lookup If you use the Inventory application and the cursor is in an Item ID field you can use any of the Inventory Lookup commands to search for information about items and select an item for entry in the field you are in Key Operation Shift F3 Search for items with a specified alias listed as an alternate Alias Lookup item When you enter the alias you can use the and wildcard characters to restrict or widen the search Shift F4 Search for an item based on customer ID or vendor ID Customer Vendor When you enter the ID you can use the
135. cation Setup Sales Tax Report Field Name Description Print Zero Balance Tax If you want to print all tax classes regardless of their balances Classes check the box or enter Y in text mode If you want to print only those tax classes with nonzero balances uncheck the box or enter N in text mode Command Bar Definitions This screen has no command bar Saving and Exiting Select the output device to begin printing the report After the report is produced the Application Setup menu appears Resource Manager User s Manual 4 19 Application Setup Sales Tax Report Sales Tax Report 00 LT LLT6E 00 LT LLT6E 00 TT PLST 00 TT PLST uozna seres yoana 000 seres 310da1 Jo puq GN NOILWIOT 404 TVIOL 000 S 000908 000 S spoog z umsuoo 00 Tqexe3uoN TPEZLETIFLES Joy xeL young 100 dx SSETO XEL seres uor3driossq XeL xeL s Tes pueT ren N qI xeL YMY xeL T A T 00 00 TL 8TT bL 8TT 00 00 IL PET bL 8TT psJeTnated xe L 008 0Z 008E07 erqepunzog JYTTTAIETT xe sJUnoooy asbpsT Te z u p 00 L6 72595 00 L6 72595 00 VIT 9ZEZ 00 PT 97ET uozna seres yoana 000 seres ueN DOT Xe WO NOLIYIOT 304 TVIOL 0007 000908 000 spoog z umsuoo 00 Tqexe3uoN EZ86SvE86 S y Joy xeL young qooy dx SSETO XB seres uor3drioseq xeL xeL SOTeS erTulojTTeo Y qI xeL YMY xeL T A T 00 00 0 00 00 0
136. cations Resource Manager uses the files during installation and to control the Applications menu The OSAPPL DOS file is used on Windows systems while the OSAPPL UNX file is used on UNIX and Linux systems One or both files may be used depending on the operating systems you use with OSAS In mixed client server environments the UNIX terminals use the OSAPPL UNX file for program path information and the Windows workstations use OSAPPL DOS OSBUF TXT OSREF TXT Backup Restore disk The OSBUF TXT and the OSREF TXT files are text files that contain the command to back up or restore files from a diskette Refer to the Backup Restore Commands screen for more information OSBUT TXT OSRET TXT Backup Restore tape The OSBUT TXT and OSRET TXT files are text files that contain the command to back up and restore files from a tape Refer to the Backup Restore Commands screen for more information OSCL Workstation Colors The OSCL file stores information about the color sets used for a workstation s 14 windows and screens Set up the colors of your workstation through the Colors function Resource Manager User s Manual B 5 File Descriptions References OSCN Country The OSCN file stores such information about countries as the country code and the name of the country OSCNVT Conversion The OSCNVT file is used to compare the new application conversion and data files with the current application files This file is used to determine
137. ccupy and to print product suggestions error logs and global inquiry window definitions Master File Lists Use the Master File Lists functions to print lists of information that you set up in other Resource Manager functions These lists are useful if you are planning to make changes want to add information or keep a record of information that is on your system Resource Manager User s Manual 1 7 Conventions Your manual will help you to install OSAS on any standard machine within many popular operating systems and help you with your accounting software questions In the manual we use the term Conventions or standards to help describe complicated processes new terms and to help you use your OSAS applications Manual Conventions The Resource Manager User s Manual is divided into the following sections Introduction provides an overview of this application and the OSAS system and the basic functionality of the application including graphical and text based application features and function key references e Application functions explains the functions within the application where each function fits within the application and how to use each function to get the most out of the application Mouse Conventions The standard mouse has two buttons left and right each performing certain functions In this manual we use these terms for using the mouse click right click double click and deselect The
138. ce Support Information Field Name Description Web Site Enter Open Systems web site address www osas com Command Bar Definitions This screen has no command bar Saving and Exiting Use the Proceed OK command to save your entries and exit to the System File Main tenance menu Resource Manager User s Manual 6 59 User Login Activity Features Use the User Login Activity function on the System File Maintenance menu to view which OSAS functions are in use and the last menu option accessed by other USETS Reports No report is associated with this function Screen Use Screen User Login Activity Select Sort Method View Detail Resource Manager User s Manual Description Use the User Login Activity screen to view OSAS user activity and select how you want the information to be displayed Use the Select Sort Method screen to choose the order in which the user activity is displayed on the User Login Activity screen Use the View Detail screen to look at the recent activity for the user you select 6 61 User Login Activity System File Maintenance User Login Activity 6 62 lami Login Aciredp fe SS hei pn TE fv EE Field Definitions Field Name User ID Term AP Menu Selection Time Date im j ou Tg SG Tara FON DA Description Each user ID is displayed along with the corresponding terminal ID The ID of the application the user is acc
139. ces List Master File Lists Options and Interfaces List Screen jahr ad Varsleren beit AG EI Dirrie G Moden de Birk Fra ba BA T EJ Aue en Fima u Tau F D Bray BSG led T EPI DAT Field Definitions Field Name Description Application ID Enter the range of applications you want to include in the list From Thru Print Detail If you want a detailed list of information about the option settings and types of options available check the box or enter Y in text mode if not uncheck the box or enter N in text mode Command Bar Definitions This screen has no command bar 11 48 Resource Manager User s Manual Master File Lists Options and Interfaces List Saving and Exiting Select the output device to begin printing the list After the list is produced the Master File Lists menu appears Resource Manager User s Manual 11 49 Master File Lists Options and Interfaces List Options and Interfaces List J10dsy Jo puq SHA aque uorqoesue z3 JO JTXS UO STEJ04 99107 09 Quem no oq 120 SHA ISqunu SOTOAUT SeOTTdnp jt Suruiem e moys 09 Quem nok og 020 SHA sqnas x0ayo xeded utetd asf 8T0 ON Azojsty eseyoznd Areunms desy LTO SHA sx9ayo SUTTUO jo hutqutad MOTTV 710 ON Azo sty UT UOTIdTIosep TeuoT tppe desy ETO ON A10JUSAUT WOAF SUOTIATIOSAP TRUOTITpPpe Adoy ZTO SHA SUOTIATIDSSP TeuoTitppe as TIO SHA Ax1o3sty eseyornd Tregep desy 600 TIVLEG xeuums 10 TTejep UT SUOTJORSUEI 7504 L0
140. click is a single press on the left mouse button Place the cursor over the desired function and press the left button to enable or select that function A right click is a single press of the right mouse button To double click move the cursor over the desired function and quickly press the left mouse button twice If there is too long a pause between clicks the computer may interpret your action as two separate clicks and may not perform the desired function Resource Manager User s Manual 1 9 Conventions Introduction To deselect an object move the cursor off the icon or folder onto a blank space within the window and press the left mouse button Some mouse manufacturers allow you to change the function of the mouse buttons for those who prefer for example to use the mouse with their left hand In this case reverse the commands when you use them For example a click refers to a single press of the right mouse button while the term right click refers to a single press of the left button and so on OSAS Conventions Operations in OSAS follow conventions or patterns The conventions used in OSAS applications are presented below Running OSAS OSAS runs in an operating system supported by 150 megabytes of permanent storage and 4MB of RAM You may need additional space or memory depending on the size of your data files and the operating system you use Consult your reseller for more information Starting OS
141. company and workstation IDs for which the printers are Workstation ID assigned are displayed The printer ID and name also are Printer ID Name displayed 6 54 Resource Manager User s Manual System File Maintenance Form Printers Command Bar Definitions Command Description Enter edit Move to the line you want to edit and press Enter Then see Append Edit Printer Screen below for instructions Append Press A to add a form type Then see Append Edit Printer Screen below for more information Saving and Exiting To exit to the System File Maintenance menu use the Exit F7 command Resource Manager User s Manual 6 55 Form Printers System File Maintenance Append Edit Printers Screen Faser Finde A E Coward Edi Mods bs Hei Lp b ao De tires Field Definitions Field Name Description Form Type Enter the form type you want to set up default printers for Company ID If the form type is company specific enter the company ID for the form type Workstation ID If the form type is for a specific workstation enter the workstation ID for the form type Printer ID Enter the printer ID for the form type You can select only from the printers that are set up in the Resource Manager Devices function Printer Name The printer name is displayed Command Bar Definitions This screen has no command bar Saving and Exiting Use the Proceed OK command to save your entries and return to the Form Printers sc
142. create the directory you specified Check the drive letter and the spelling of the pathname and try again Unable to Delete screen name You cannot delete the screen Check whether the screen is under restricted access A 16 Resource Manager User s Manual References System Messages Unable to execute program program The system cannot run the program you selected from the menu Make sure that the program file shown in the message is present in the application s program directory then select the function again Unable to load company information The system cannot access the company information file Someone may be using the Company Information function Try again later If the situation persists get help from a support technician Unable to load menu record record from file file The menu record for the application is not in the menu file or the menu file is missing Make sure that the application is properly installed and try again Unable to load PREFIX information Someone may be editing the directory records or application information files Try again later You can get more help from a support technician Unable to load workstation information Someone may be editing the workstation defaults or configuration records Try again later You can get more help from a support technician Unable to lock file in use You cannot run a function that must lock a file that is being used by another workstation on you
143. creen Description Restore Use the Restore screen to select the programs and files you want to restore Resource Manager User s Manual 5 7 Restore Data File Maintenance Restore Screen Field Definitions Field Name Description Restore Select what you want to restore application programs application data files or Report Writer data files Restore Device Select the restore device floppy or tape Inquiry Company ID Enter the range of companies whose data files you want to restore Directories The names of the directories appear in the lower part of the screen You will need the set of backup diskettes to restore for each directory that is listed 5 8 Resource Manager User s Manual Data File Maintenance Restore Command Bar Definitions This screen has no command bar Saving and Exiting Use the Proceed OK command to begin the restore process When the files are restored the Data File Maintenance menu appears Resource Manager User s Manual 5 9 Application Tables Features Use the Application Tables function on the Data File Maintenance menu to edit and view the tables used by any application The tables in Resource Manager are updated and maintained by other menu functions You need not maintain any ofthe Resource Manager tables using this function Reports To produce a list of the information entered on the Tables screen use the Tables List function Screen Use Screen Description Ta
144. cription Enter the hexadecimal code for compressed print about 17 6 characters per inch Enter the number of columns that can be printed on one line in compressed printer mode If you use Windows check the box or enter YES in text mode if you want to call up a screen that will allow you to select a printer or uncheck the box or enter NO in text mode if you want to print to the Windows default printer Enter the hexadecimal code that turns on expanded print mode Enter the hexadecimal code that turns off expanded print mode Enter the number of columns that can be printed in expanded print mode Enter the number of lines of expanded print that fit on a page Enter the hexadecimal code that makes the printer skip to the top of the next page Enter the font in which you want your reports printed For sysprint devices enter the name of the TrueType font you want to use for example Courier You can leave this field blank to use the default font Enter the amount of offset you want for the left margin For sysprint devices the default is blank If you change the default setting the new setting overrides the Windows default Enter the hexadecimal code that makes the printer move to the next line without a carriage return Enter the maximum number of lines you can print per page Resource Manager User s Manual Workstation Configuration Devices Command Lock File Initialization Setup Slave
145. ct defined 1 10 Detail Inventory Lookup function key 1 30 Resource Manager User s Manual Devices function 2 11 Plotters screen 2 23 2 24 Printers screen 2 14 screen 2 12 Terminals screen 2 20 Directories function 6 7 double click defined 1 9 Down Arrow inquiry command 1 34 1 44 report command 1 45 scroll region command 1 29 1 46 Down Arrow function key text menu 1 39 Down arrow function key 1 41 E edit line item 1 46 Edit Line window Tax Locations 4 10 EIS defined 1 3 EIS Dashboard function 8 3 EIS Dashboard Editor function 8 45 EIS Dashboard History Report function 8 11 sample 8 14 EIS Dashboard Report function 8 7 sample 8 9 End inquiry command 1 34 1 44 report command 1 45 scroll region command 1 29 1 46 End function key 1 42 Enter inquiry command 1 34 1 44 scroll region command 1 46 Enter key 1 41 text menu 1 39 Error Log function 10 11 sample 10 14 screen 10 12 error messages A 1 Esc Command help 1 38 1 40 inquiry command 1 44 Execute an Operating System Command E 5 Executive Information Summary defined 1 3 Exit function key 1 25 1 40 pull down menu command 1 25 exit from inquiry window 1 34 1 44 from report to menu 1 45 from screen or window 1 25 1 38 1 40 Exit from OSAS function key 1 17 1 38 F F1 function key 1 16 1 28 1 38 1 40 graphical menus 1 16 text menu 1 38 F10 function key 1 43 graphical menus 1 17 text menu
146. cter shift would be approximately 04 added to or subtracted from 5 Direct Printing in OSAS for Windows Linux or UNIX Moving text up You cannot move text up Moving text down To move lines down you must add the following configuration values in the config bbx file for the printer alias you are using These values let you move down in 1 720 inch fragments Follow these steps below 1 Select DEVICES from the Workstation Configuration menu in Resource Manager 2 Edit the appropriate alias line and add 1B266C343555 at the end of the Standard or Compressed Print field Resource Manager User s Manual D 3 Laser Alignment Notes References The number 3435 is the hex code for 45 which moves everything down 45 720 of an inch If you need to move down more change the second and last numbers in 3435 because the three s are always constant For example if you want to move text farther down you could try 56 The hex code would change to 3536 In hex each number is represented by 3 and then the number so 5 35 and 6 36 Left to Right and Up and Down Issues Direct Printing in OSAS for Windows Linux or UNIX If you must add hex codes to modify print left to right and up and down you must edit the config bbx file with a text editor and add the codes to the end of the SP section of the alias line for standard forms or CP for compressed forms You must enter the text editor because the command is too long to enter through Res
147. customers and employees Select General Information Inquiry from the Other Commands menu The function screen appears ACE PUM FAG GPP CIA P ATLAM TKS TELEPHONE OD z GT FAC ITAIT Innan ang EON DOUA COMPAR ING nam ORES REALTY COMPANY I ls Hrabi w SAD AYER Lai Asche 1207 00 MIA am Da Ara Pan we im Mo MOUTH BERG mM APR Temui PODA en Dess pase caca Coop M 020000 Termal TODO CAN Resource Manager User s Manual E 11 Other Commands References Field Definitions Field Name Description Search For Press V to view information about a vendor C to view information about a customer or E to view information about an employee Command Bar Definitions Command Definition View detail on off Press V to toggle the detail display on or off Search selection Press S to change your search selection Change sort Press C to sort the displayed information in a different way When you are finished viewing the information use the Exit F7 command to exit to the screen or menu from which you accessed the Other Commands menu E 12 Resource Manager User s Manual References Other Commands Support Information Use the Support Information function to view information about whom to contact for technical support or how to contact your dealer Select Support Information from the Other Commands menu This screen appears Er ararui Boden m fj l Seo he Ho te EE denn
148. d and the amount saved through discounts by paying in advance in the period Setup types Company ID Sub Type Description 1 Numeric Regular Checks Gross Due 2 Numeric Regular Checks Discounts 3 Numeric Prepaid Checks Gross Due 4 Numeric Prepaid Checks Discounts APHCYTD AP Checks History File YTD Totals The APHCYTD function returns the total amount paid with checks for the year to date Setup types Company ID Sub Type Description 1 Numeric Checks Total Resource Manager User s Manual G 3 Predefined Functions References G 4 APHIDAY AP Detail History File Daily Totals The APHIDAY function returns the transaction totals for a particular day Setup types Company ID Sub Type Description 1 Numeric Invoices Subtotal 2 Numeric Invoices Tax 3 Numeric Invoices Freight 4 Numeric Invoices Miscellaneous 5 Numeric Debit Memos Subtotal 6 Numeric Debit Memos Tax 7 Numeric Debit Memos Freight 8 Numeric Debit Memos Miscellaneous 9 Numeric Invoice Totals 10 Numeric Debit Memos Totals APHIPTD AP Detail History File PTD Totals The APHIPTD function returns the transaction totals for the period to date Setup types Company ID Sub Type Description 1 Numeric Invoices Subtotal 2 Numeric Invoices Tax 3 Numeric Invoices Freight Resource Manager User s Manual References Predefined Functions Sub Type 4 Numeric 5 Numeric 6 Numeric 7 Numeric 8 Numeric 9 Numeric 10 Numeric Descript
149. d FE KN Tamale Funct ates Morada Pach Tax Pot Tau Rural 4 10 Resource Manager User s Manual Application Setup Tax Locations Field Definitions Field Name Tax Class Description Sales Tax Percent Purch Tax Percent Refundable Percent Expense Acct Taxable Sales Nontaxable Sales Tax Collected Taxable Purchases Nontaxable Purchases Tax Paid Tax Refundable Description The tax class and its description are displayed Enter the tax percent for the location Enter the purchases tax for the location Enter the refundable percent for the location in tax locations that provide for refunded taxes such as in Canada Enter the GL expense account number for the location Enter the total of taxable sales for the location Enter the total of nontaxable sales for the location Enter the amount of tax collected for the location Enter the taxable purchases for the location Enter the nontaxable purchases for the location Enter the tax paid for the location Enter the amount of tax refunded for the location in tax locations that provide for refunded taxes such as in Canada Command Bar Definitions This screen has no command bar Saving and Exiting Resource Manager User s Manual Use the Proceed OK command to save your entries and exit to the Tax Locations screen 4 11 Tax Locations Application Setup View Tax Class Screen a m mo 78 OK tien Te Chiri Im Dernier Cremen five Ta
150. do Lie FE Dirr Edn Moden de Bir Proa ba Do 734 lt Abe Z EB Compay hi DEL NER Tem T EPI Dm Field Definitions Field Name Description Application From Thru Enter the range of applications you want to include in the list Command Bar Definitions This screen has no command bar Saving and Exiting Select the output device to begin printing the list After the list is produced the Master File Lists menu appears 11 12 Resource Manager User s Manual Application Information List Master File Lists Application Information List SUON XNOEV wqbozxd svso o 1007 9Z 80 ON s0 9 aTqeatesosy s3qunooov SUON xgAdv dvboad Svso 2 1002 92 80 ON 509 etgekeg saunooov 310day Jo puq SOUPLUSJUTEN 3seT STI4 UOTIEOTF TIA 109081T werborg qeq TTe3sur p TTe3sur UOTSISA uotqeotTddy aseg uotqjdtzoseq W SOUPLUSIUTEN IS8T STI4 UOTIEOTF TIA 109081T uezboza qeq TTe3sur p TTe3sur UOTSISA uoTJeOTTddy aseg UOTJ TIOSSA dv IST UOTIPUIOJUT UOTJPOTTddY T abeg Arddng sispTtng uotewIozur dI WY ET OT 1007 97 80 11 13 Resource Manager User s Manual Company Information List Features The Company Information List shows the names and addresses of companies that are set up on your system Reports A sample Company Information List is on page 11 17 Screen Use Screen Description Company Information List Use the Company Information Lis
151. dor Purchases 7 Vendor Name 7 Vendor Purchases 8 Vendor Name 8 Vendor Purchases 9 Vendor Name 9 Vendor Purchases Resource Manager User s Manual References Predefined Functions Sub 19 20 Type Alphanumeric Numeric Description 10 Vendor Name 10 Vendor Purchases APVTOPY AP Top 10 Vendors YTD Purchases Totals The APVTOPY function returns the names of the vendors in descending order you purchased the most product from during the year to date The amounts paid include returns Setup types Company ID Sub 10 11 12 13 14 Type Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Numeric Resource Manager User s Manual Description 1 Vendor Name 1 Vendor Purchases 2 Vendor Name 2 Vendor Purchases 3 Vendor Name 3 Vendor Purchases 4 Vendor Name 4 Vendor Purchases 5 Vendor Name 5 Vendor Purchases 6 Vendor Name 6 Vendor Purchases 7 Vendor Name 7 Vendor Purchases G 9 Predefined Functions References Sub Type Description 15 Alphanumeric 8 Vendor Name 16 Numeric 8 Vendor Purchases 17 Alphanumeric 9 Vendor Name 18 Numeric 9 Vendor Purchases 19 Alphanumeric 10 Vendor Name 20 Numeric 10 Vendor Purchases ARAGED AR Open Invoice File Aged Totals The ARAGED function re
152. e to view information about how the highlighted field was calculated and what values it was designed to produce Edit Select Edit or press E in text mode to reconfigure the EIS Dashboard you are using Load Select Load or press L in text mode to load a different EIS Dashboard History Select History or press H in text mode to display the EIS Dashboard using saved field history from a different date Saving and Exiting Use the Exit F7 command to return to the Executive Information Summary menu Resource Manager User s Manual 8 5 Dashboard Features The EIS Dashboard Report contains information about an EIS Dashboard or a group of EIS Dashboards Reports A sample EIS Dashboard Report is on page 8 9 Screen Use Screen Description EIS Dashboard Report Use the EIS Dashboard Report screen to select the screens you want to produce the report for Resource Manager User s Manual 8 7 Dashboard Executive Information Summary EIS Dashboard Report Screen ero bh mo Te stare Ph Did Frome Tai Fru T antes Conil T pa Dan Bo A Ted NED TsTi Field Definitions Field Name Description Pick Dashboard Enter the range of dashboards you want to include in the From Thru report Print Select the type of dashboards you want to include in the report You can include only text dashboards only graphical dashboards or all dashboards Saving and Exiting Select the output device for the report to
153. e Data files exist Do you want this task to erase them appears Select Yes or enter Y in text mode to erase the existing files and create new ones or select No or enter N in text mode to leave the existing files as they are and enter a different application ID Once the files are erased you cannot undo the action 3 8 Resource Manager User s Manual Company Setup Data File Creation Command Bar Definitions This screen has no command bar Saving and Exiting Use the Proceed OK command to create the files When the files are created the Company Setup menu appears Resource Manager User s Manual 3 9 Data File Conversion Features Use the Data File Conversion function on the Company Setup menu to convert data files from OPEN SYSTEMS Accounting Software version 3 2 or higher to the latest version Some versions of certain applications require conversion to be performed in a specific order Consult each application s user s manual for specific instructions about converting the application s files Reports No report is associated with this function Screen Use Screen Description Data File Conversion Use the Data File Conversion screen to select the directory for the converted files Resource Manager User s Manual 3 11 Data File Conversion Company Setup Data File Conversion Screen 3 12 comando Ei border jh Hanke m gt w am ma t r Jed Sei chen kap on bh as cratu kimt 1 C
154. e device you are using to install the Resource Manager and other application files Press Enter if the displayed directory will contain the program subdirectories or change the path name For each line press Enter if the displayed directory is the one you will use for data files or change the path name Press Enter if the displayed directory is the path where the system files are stored or enter a different path name Resource Manager User s Manual System File Maintenance Directories Field Name Report Writer Sample Data Utils GUI Screens Description Press Enter if the displayed directory is where the data dictionary files are stored or change the path name Press Enter if the displayed directory contains the sample data files or enter a different path name Enter the name of the directory where your BASIC utility files are or will be stored if you need them The graphical screens for the graphical version of OSAS are stored in special data files called Basic Resource Control BRC files Press Enter if the displayed directory is where these files are stored or enter a different path name Command Bar Definitions This screen has no command bar Saving and Exiting Use the Proceed OK command to save your entries and restart OSAS Resource Manager User s Manual 6 9 Menus Features Use the Menus function on the System File Maintenance menu to change the OSAS Main menu o
155. e largest possible number of industries in mind They are most effective when you interface them with each other Base applications are usually named after common accounting operations Examples are General Ledger Accounts Payable Purchase Order Accounts Receivable Sales Order Payroll and Inventory Resource Manager User s Manual 1 3 Welcome to OSAS Introduction OSAS Versions 6 1 and Higher 1 4 You can use OSAS versions 6 1 and higher in text or character based mode on any supported operating system In Windows environments you have the choice to use either the text version or the graphical version While the interface is different in the two versions the functions in both versions are the same in screen layout and in function The OSAS user s manuals show screens in the graphical format You should be able to apply the information shown in the graphical examples to the text version with ease For specifics on using the graphical version of OSAS refer to page 1 13 For specifics on using the text version refer to page 1 35 Resource Manager User s Manual Resource Manager Overview To use OSAS you must run Resource Manager through an operating system based on Microsoft Windows 95 Windows 98 Windows NT Windows 2000 UNIX Linux or Novell NetWare OSAS operates on local area network LAN systems across a web server using the OSAS Web application and within a single computer After you ins
156. e standard menus e add a function or menu to the Favorites menu e change to the Favorites menu e change from live to sample data and vice versa e display information about a function perform special application setup From the Favorites menu e remove a function or menu change to the Main menu e change from live to sample data and vice versa display information about a function perform special application setup Menu Keys Keyboards have a set of function keys labeled with the letter F and a number which can be used to perform certain functions within OSAS In OSAS menus these commands are assigned to the function keys Key Command F1 Key Help F2 Favorites Menu F4 Access Code F5 Live Sample swap F6 Workstation Date Operation Displays the tool buttons and functions keys you can use Displays or returns from the Favorites menu Displays the Access Code dialog box Switches between live and sample data Displays the current workstation date and allows you to change it Resource Manager User s Manual Key Command F7 Exit F9 Application Setup F10 Add Remove Favorites Shift F2 Application Info Shift F5 Change menu style Shift F6 Toggle GUI screens Shift F7 Toggle GUI scaling Pull Down Menus OSAS Graphical Operation Exits from OSAS Performs certain application setup tasks For example in General Ledger you can select the year with
157. e you want to rebuild or verify Command Bar Definitions This screen has no command bar Saving and Exiting Use the Proceed OK command to rebuild the file When the rebuild is complete the Finished with Rebuild message appears and the screen shows information about the changes made to the file if any Press Enter to return to the Data File Maintenance menu 5 24 Resource Manager User s Manual Purge Data Records Features Use the Purge Data Records function on the Data File Maintenance menu to remove specific data records Removing records from a file causes a loss of data that can in turn cause accounting problems in your data files Do not remove records from files unless instructed to do so by your reseller or a qualified technical support representative Reports No report is associated with this function Screen Use Screen Description Purge Data Records Use the Purge Data Records screen to select the file from which you want to remove records Resource Manager User s Manual 5 25 Purge Data Records Data File Maintenance Purge Data Records Screen Pusge Data Ferien mi F Corsair Ei ode rm Erik aba BD 7348 dn f hraka Fis Mys pu Ka Dr descriptas va lid Fiel pp Bh wel Logra ke Som Evora pe read Eau Fanas al revancha Aci na u Mer begi Key Chae Dating tane SS Compa H ET 000 lamama TODO ERAN Field Definitions Field Name Description Filename Enter the name of the file
158. eld e Configure or edit the screen s layout or definition Load a new EIS Dashboard e Load an EIS Dashboard with data that was saved in history 7 2 Resource Manager User s Manual Company Summary Function The Company Summary dashboard provides a snapshot of key financial information Reports No report is associated with this function Screen Use Screen Description EIS Company Summary An EIS Dashboard is a screen that displays several fields Dashboard and associated values Resource Manager User s Manual 7 3 Company Summary EIS Dashboards Company Summary Dashboard 7 4 Farmand Bader tet 5 turen je e SA sa 7 Ta Tisi sional ae Buka 215104 Wasi TAR NI risas Pe rad 15 011 728 Fenger TL Pa ringen a Fach Piera TAR 12 an Dares FS T 05 diu Tem Dai ama LETI Ze Compe Fila p SE ES wm mm Command Bar Definitions sami AK ATT i LIAM FES 191 uz 20 541 18 HIj ba HIER u kr Vidar AP Von lem Vihanti Trai EI TI TALET 10534 45d 53 MEAM STE HIN 51 1455 0035 meS L RER H AET wi To activate the commands on the dashboard screen in graphical mode right click on any field and select the appropriate command from the menu that appears To activate the command on the dashboard screen in text mode press the letter key associated with the command Command Description Update Select Update or press U in text mode to update the inform
159. eld blank the Copy From screen appears Enter a similar field ID to copy help text to this help ID If you choose a field ID that appears in more than one program you must select the specific program from which you want to copy When you press Enter the Field ID and the help text is displayed Command Bar Definitions Command Enter edit Append Header Copy From Saving and Exiting Description Move to the line you want to edit and press Enter Press A to add a new line of text to the end of existing text Press H to return the field ID Press C to display the Copy From screen To save your entries and exit to the System File Maintenance menu use the Write W command followed by the Exit F7 command Resource Manager User s Manual 6 39 Help Screens System File Maintenance Help Text Screen Does EM ds ra Hel SR L mo Te an ik T add bs ari to a en ae ee mi Bas Field Definitions Field Name Description Text Enter a line of text that will appear on the help screen Command Bar Definitions This screen has no command bar Saving and Exiting Use the Proceed OK command to save your entries and return to the Help screen 6 40 Resource Manager User s Manual System Messages Features Use the System Messages function on the System File Maintenance menu to change or add system messages in any application Reports No report is associated with this function Screen Use Screen Descriptio
160. elp 1 20 1 24 Maintenance 1 24 MS DOS prompt 1 21 Online Documentation 1 24 Paste 1 24 Pop Up Calendar 1 21 1 24 PRO 5 Command 1 21 Start Over 1 24 Workstation Date 1 18 U Undo function key 1 26 1 32 1 42 pull down menu command 1 26 Up Arrow inquiry command 1 34 1 44 report command 1 45 scroll region command 1 29 1 46 Up Arrow function key text menu 1 39 Up arrow function key 1 41 User Comments function E 14 screen E 14 User Login Activity function 6 61 user s manual conventions 1 9 utilities Applications Options Inquiry E 8 Calculator E 1 Call a BBx Program E 6 Execute an Operating System Command E 5 General Information Inquiry E 11 Global Inquiry E 8 Product Suggestions E 7 Support Information E 13 User Comments E 14 V verification button Abandon 1 24 OK Proceed 1 24 Proceed OK 1 24 verificationl turning on or off 1 41 Verify exit mode function key 1 41 pull down menu command 1 26 Verify PgDn mode pull down menu command 1 26 version compatibility matrix I 1 View File Contents function 5 19 sample report 5 22 screen 5 20 View inquiry command 1 44 View Line window 4 12 W Workstation Date function key 1 16 1 38 Workstation date tool button 1 18 workstation date entering in graphical menus 1 18 entering in text menus 1 38 x xxAPPL TXT file B 1 xxDATA file B 1 xxFILES TXT file B 1 xxFRST TXT file B 1 xxHELP file B 1 xxLABEL
161. en TENNESSEE SHELTERS IR EANSAS CITY GS SIC l CAR SALES MINHEAPULIS GREATER HEW TORE DE SURSHIME DIES Bar D AGA j i ba 19 5 BUEDE 21130 aS Bu LEA TEMES mesa ter mag a wi CASH SALES DEAD DA Bi ay Command Bar Definitions a 1 AEE BUILDERS llan riu I KARGAS OTY GEODESIC A 62 7 PASH SALES DALLAS TX 107 100 TEHHESSEE SHELTERS de taa F OLA FT SORTE DOSE A mr E GRATIE BE YUNE DOM 715551 7 LOS ARGELES DOMSTHUCEI PAE CASH EALESMIARERFTLIS LI amp CASH SALES BALTIMONE 10 112 A AA To activate the commands on the dashboard screen in graphical mode right click on any field and select the appropriate command from the menu that appears To activate the command on the dashboard screen in text mode press the letter key associated with the command Command Update Recalc Global Description Select Update or press U in text mode to update the information in the fields when used on a network Select Recalc or press R in text mode to recalculate a field so that you have the latest information Select Global or press G in text mode to recalculate all the fields on the screen for the latest information Resource Manager User s Manual EIS Dashboards Top 10 Customers Command Setup Field View Edit Load History Saving and Exiting Description Select Setup or press S in text mode to display information within a range Select Field o
162. en has no command bar 8 20 Resource Manager User s Manual Executive Information Summary Global Dashboard Update Saving and Exiting Use the Proceed OK command to start the update process If you entered a later date or time the system will wait until that date and time to begin the calculation process When the process is finished the EIS Periodic Maintenance menu appears Resource Manager User s Manual 8 21 Purge Dashboard History Features Use the Purge Dashboard History function on the EIS Periodic Maintenance menu to remove EIS Dashboard records from the Field History file This function is valuable if you want to eliminate historical data you no longer need Reports No report is associated with this function Screen Use Screen Description Purge Dashboard History Use the Purge Dashboard History screen to specify the history you want to delete Resource Manager User s Manual 8 23 Purge Dashboard History Executive Information Summary Purge Dashboard History Screen Papa Daskkossd H sl cap FEE found f poden tar Viak So Ba ao Te m Come His rans Mh Llp Tirar hata Pia E A A TS Depay H 10000 Tess TEKI IPT Field Definitions Field Name Description Have You Backed Up If you have backed up your data files check the box or Your Data Files enter Y in text mode if not uncheck the box or enter N in text mode Purge History Through Enter the date and time before which you want
163. end of the list Scroll Button Key Result Home Moves the cursor to the first key in the inquiry z window PgUp Displays the previous page of keys in the inquiry window Resource Manager User s Manual 1 33 OSAS Graphical Introduction 1 34 Scroll Button Key E ER Up Down PgDn End Ins F7 Exit Enter Result Moves the cursor up one line Moves the cursor down one line Displays the next page of keys in the inquiry window Moves the cursor to the last key in the inquiry window Toggle between Search mode and Sort mode Close the inquiry window without selecting anything Select the item to which the cursor is pointing Resource Manager User s Manual OSAS Text The Text menu can be used on all OSAS compatible systems Using text based menus the Text menu shown below offers easy access to your applications Text Main Menu Zei KE Eri Hap TINPLE DATA PATH a t LESS Company H builders Supply 10 12 NE Hain Merz mi r Rescarce Basage m l Furckstatiesn Configurst ion defaults TOO FEN IITE Ej dccoumting Scftusre When you select an application the applications menu which presents several related functions is superimposed over the Main menu Selecting a function leads you to a function screen or to another menu You can select applications from the Main menu in these ways e Use the arrow keys to move the cursor up or dow
164. enu to enter the ID and description of a function EIHIST Field History file The EIHIST file stores field values and the dates and times that the field was updated If you save an EIS Dashboard to history values from the fields are saved here The EISCR file saves only the EIS Dashboard s ID and title The information is retrieved from the EIHIST file when you produce the Dashboard History Report Resource Manager User s Manual B 3 File Descriptions References EISCR Screens file The EISCR file stores a list of the stored EIS Dashboard IDs and descriptions This information is updated when you build or save the layout of an EIS Dashboard and is retrieved when you load an EIS Dashboard The values from an EIS Dashboard are not stored here they are stored in the EIHIST file because the system does not distinguish between one field and a group of fields When you save an EIS Dashboard the values of the fields are sent to the EIHIST file as though you had saved each field individually Only the ID and title of the EIS Dashboard are stored in the EISCR file EISTDTA Setup Data file The EISTDTA file stores the data retrieved from each setup ID when a field value is recalculated The data includes the type and From Thru information When you define a function you use setup IDs to specify the type of information you want returned and the range within those types for example a cash balance for one company or arange of companies
165. epoL TeJ0L JUNOOSTA Te3or eng ION uotjdtzoseq otzeunueydTy otzeunueudTy Srz umueudTv Srz umueudTv otzeunueydTy oTzeunueyd Ty otzeunueydTy OT ISUNN OTISUNN OT ISUNN OT ISUNN OTISUNN OTISUNN OT ISUNN OTISUNN OTISUNN OTISUNN OTISUNN OT ISUNN OT ISUNN OT ISUNN OTISUNN OTISUNN OT ISUNN OT ISUNN d r sTe3oL 25808104 Use av qunouy 23U0 ptedezg junouy ISOT SJUNOOSTA qunouy ueye saunoosrq qunowy A93Y zernbey uor3adraos q STeIOL STTA EU qv OTISUNN OTISUNN OTISUNN OTISUNN d r ms GLAOHdV r T T ms ANTOHI ST bl ET cz TZ 07 o ANN SINO cO GY O ANN Si o r co a LSoddv ANM ms MOSHOdY uotqdtzoseq uot young WY Eb TT TOOZ ET LO Resource Manager User s Manual 8 60 Setup Definitions List Features Use the Setup Definitions List function on the EIS Master File Lists menu to produce a list of setup IDs This list is valuable if you want to change the setup IDs and you need a list for comparison Reports A sample Setup Definitions List is on page 8 63 Screen Use Screen Description Setup Definitions List Use the Setup Definitions List screen to select the setup IDs and the amount of detail you want to include in the list Resource Manager User s Manual 8 61 Setup Definitions List Executive Information Summary Setup Definitions List Screen Coreei Ed Mods em bee Pa t ma 74 Aare Pick Gen Fm Fa Dr The 5 Fart ee
166. eptrng 0007 90 ZT Resource Manager User s Manual 8 14 Field History Features The Field History Report contains historical information about a field that you specify You can specify that the report contain all the available history information about the field or only the information within arange of dates It eliminates the need to produce several EIS Dashboard History Reports Reports A sample Field History Report is on page 8 17 Screen Use Screen Description Field History Report Use the Field History Report screen to select the fields dates and times you want to include in the report Resource Manager User s Manual 8 15 Field History Executive Information Summary Field History Report Screen Dirrie Edi boder he Fe x xC ma 14 E ee Falo umar 3 EG IM hal Copas 14 CGC Termal T INE CAN Field Definitions Field Name Description Field ID Enter the ID of the field whose history report you want to produce Pick Date Time Enter the range of dates and times you want in the report Saving and Exiting Select the output device for the report to begin printing After the report is produced the EIS Reports menu appears 8 16 Resource Manager User s Manual Field History Executive Information Summary Field History Report T abeq Atddns szepttng xxx WOdsy JO PUE xxx 6 9ZE 667 OT 0E 8T T00Z 0E TT 6 9ZE 667 TI ERSLT T00Z TE 0T 6 9ZE
167. er return with less risk With good ratios you can identify adjustments that you need to make to survive financially in difficult times and to succeed when your business is in good economic times You can produce the following ratios in EIS Working capital is a measure of the liquid assets you have at your disposal It is expressed as the difference between your current assets and current liabilities For example a working capital of 50 000 is negligible if your current asset base is 10 000 000 A 0 5 percent drop in your current assets wipes out your working capital If your current asset base is only 100 000 and your working assets 50 000 your working capital is high Resource Manager User s Manual F 1 Common Ratios References Current ratio is a measure of your ability to meet current liabilities as they fall due It is expressed as the amount of working capital divided by the amount of liability If your ratio is too low you lack liquidity If it is too high you are probably not getting the best return available Quick ratio is a measure of your ability to pay bills without relying on reducing inventories through sales It is expressed as financial assets that can be readily turned to cash divided by current liabilities Days receivables is the average number of days it takes you to collect your receipts once you have issued the bill Number of inventory turns is the number of times in a year your inventory turns ove
168. eric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Numeric Resource Manager User s Manual Description 1 Sales Rep Name 1 Sales Rep Sales 2 Sales Rep Name 2 Sales Rep Sales 3 Sales Rep Name 3 Sales Rep Sales 4 Sales Rep Name 4 Sales Rep Sales 5 Sales Rep Name 5 Sales Rep Sales 6 Sales Rep Name 6 Sales Rep Sales 7 Sales Rep Name 7 Sales Rep Sales 8 Sales Rep Name 8 Sales Rep Sales 9 Sales Rep Name 9 Sales Rep Sales G 27 Predefined Functions References G 28 Sub Type Description 19 Alphanumeric 10 Sales Rep Name 20 Numeric 10 Sales Rep Sales ARRTOPSY AR Top 10 Sales Reps YTD Sales Totals The ARRTOPSY function returns the names of the sales representatives with the most sales in descending order for the year to date The function also returns the total amount received from sales for each sales representative Setup types Company ID Sub Type Description 1 Alphanumeric 1 Sales Rep Name 2 Numeric 1 Sales Rep Sales 3 Alphanumeric 2 Sales Rep Name 4 Numeric 2 Sales Rep Sales 5 Alphanumeric 3 Sales Rep Name 6 Numeric 3 Sales Rep Sales 7 Alphanumeric 4 Sales Rep Name 8 Numeric 4 Sales Rep Sales 9 Alphanumeric 5 Sales Rep Name 10 Numeric 5 Sales Rep Sales 11 Alphanumeric 6 Sales
169. essing is displayed The menu selection the user is currently accessing is displayed If the user has closed OSAS the message Exited from OSAS appears The time and date that the user accessed the menu selection is displayed Resource Manager User s Manual System File Maintenance User Login Activity Command Bar Definitions Command Description Refresh Refresh the information on the screen Sort Change the order in which the users appear on the screen Select a new sort order from the list that appears see Select Sort Method Screen below View View the detailed information for this user Saving and Exiting To exit to the System File Maintenance menu use the Exit F7 command Select Sort Method Screen Salecl Sel Haller uj Erandio fk Modes Da Ekap s gt PM tA MD ar asao Sader Sasi Abend F Feel r leil Fo Apem 6 Pr Hen bis Field Definitions Field Name Description Select Sort Method Select the order in which you want the information displayed Saving and Exiting Use the Proceed OK command to save your sort preference and return to the User Login Activity screen Resource Manager User s Manual 6 63 User Login Activity System File Maintenance View Detail Screen era kote ee fjer gt P mm DJ tunet ml Cabre Toril TIE Cu naci Cath Hoea L re Appin sti fra AM Longas i D B Der MSG Pirman Mine imio kalas len Appice pu Tre HP Company lli H Du KTE Pimia
170. ext mode to display the EIS Dashboard using saved field history from a different date Use the Exit F7 command to return to the EIS Dashboard menu Resource Manager User s Manual 7 13 Accounts Receivable Analysis Function The Accounts Receivable Analysis dashboard provides aging historical and other key information from Accounts Receivable and Sales Order Reports No report is associated with this function Screen Use Screen Description Accounts Receivable An EIS Dashboard is a screen that displays several fields Analysis Dashboard and associated values Resource Manager User s Manual 7 15 Accounts Receivable Analysis EIS Dashboards Accounts Receivable Analysis Dashboard Mya rd rr buaken xl fan Heke Gee LE renn fak ab y GA mg 7 r jic j Agg iri Kami Horan Pascha Cia Yan llaga Led Peg i Tait ina LABS Bi Cas Dis BA PER IB Pain da w Tams MA 541 263 51 San ss hn ri az T ee 1118545 Fa Au w nm 74 KES IE biis Cip m m ie Bin Fim Cher M ri iris Ta r ya Total SN 751 26 VJ 3350 51 Fa hm 1 ir 944 Si Piresi m ETA 23 tres Lus d x Dirari wm mW Dirar rari i Tish ae 12 eg Dage ie Paw m l Far Cus Lakra 10 Dar dar Cuit m AA A Command Bar Definitions To activate the commands on the dashboard screen in graphical mode right click on any field and select the appropriate command from the menu that appears To activate the command on the dashboard screen in text mode press the letter ke
171. f copies and type of form you want to use to print a report Search for Text Use the Search for Text screen to enter a string you want the system to find in the job you have selected Resource Manager User s Manual 9 7 Active Report Control Active Report Control Screen 9 8 Adye Aryl Brass Komma Modas Keen Solli Hem Ar Amo e 12062000 120600 r venjo Dishi Aspar C B e iara FP Betal Hutarp Fear E arbos Hui Fs lap A A _ Pl El FI El rl r Bz leer Command Bar Definitions Command Description Enter tag Press Enter to toggle a selected file as tagged checked or untagged unchecked You can print a group of tagged files at one time using the Print Batch command Edit Press E to edit the report description and class for the selected file Toggle menwfile Press T to toggle the description field to display either the file description or the file path and name teXt search Press X to search for text in a report see Search for Text Screen below for instructions View File Press V to display the path and file name for the selected file Resource Manager User s Manual Print Manager Print Manager Active Report Control Command Sort Print print Batch Archive Goto Description Press to select the order in which you want the reports list on the screen You can sort the reports by report description date and time from most recen
172. fication is turned on you must press a key twice to verify that you want to perform exit or abandon operations If the bell is turned on it sounds at an error or when you must verify acommand If this option is turned off the cursor stops at every field possible To make the cursor skip the fields that do not require an entry in certain application functions turn the option on If verification is turned on you must press the PgDn key twice to proceed to the next screen or to save your entries Resource Manager User s Manual Introduction Other Menu formale EG beder Ger bok om ba Selection Calculator Execute and OS Command Call a PRO 5 Program Product Suggestion Application Options Inquiry Global Inquiry General Information Inquiry Support Information User Comments EIS Dashboard Display EIS Dashboard History Pop Up Calendar Resource Manager User s Manual Takia Emde pe D pedo pte Card Cala FAD Pocas Produc Sangeren Appicukum pora inquey ijoba irana ard a REV Tupper karpay Ube Toram ER Dh Derin EN Deh tiria Pop Up Caenia Waara Proa Calle OSAS Graphical Operations Displays the OSAS calculator Allows you to enter an operating system command from within OSAS Allows you to execute a PRO 5 program Use this function to create a printable report for future OSAS product suggestions Allows you to view the application options you have set up fo
173. fill in the blanks By looking at other functions already coded for specific tasks for example ARTRAN FNC and GLJYTD FNC you should be able to create your own functions You might notice that the line numbers are not necessarily continuous For example line 899 is listed after line 699 Do not change line numbers that are not listed they either are not used or should not need to be modified when you build a function Resource Manager User s Manual H 1 Building Functions References Planning the function Before you use the GENERIC FNC function to customize a function plan the attributes that you want the function to have What do you want the function to do e Which values and how many do you want the function to return e Which files and applications does the function need to access Consult the file descriptions of the applications involved to answer these questions Make a backup copy of GENERIC FNC or any function before you modify it Modifying GENERIC FNC Precoded EIS functions use the following standard Lines 200 299 Set the following variables VALUES The total number of values returned by the function A value is anything that the function returns number date code literal value RTNS The ID of the function It must be 8 characters long If it has fewer than 8 characters pad with spaces Lines 300 399 This area is used to dimension application specific variables used in the function wi
174. from the right side of the screen in the EIS Dashboard Editor function Do you want a printout of the error log after each application If you want to produce acopy of the error that occurred during conversion after each application has been converted check the box or enter Y in text mode if not uncheck the box or enter N in text mode Each column s position must be greater than any previous You must enter a position for the window column that is a higher value than that for a column you entered previously Empty Screen Press lt Enter gt to load a Different Screen The screen does not have any fields to be displayed Use the EIS Dashboard Editor function to add one or more fields to the screen or load an EIS Dashboard Error Found in Formula You have made a syntax error in the field s math formula probably because you violated a math rule Error in window definition You defined a window incorrectly Make sure that the fields are the correct type numeric or string the field lengths are correct the starting and column positions are within the limits and so on Then enter the window definition again with the correct values Resource Manager User s Manual A 5 System Messages References Error log messages exist Press a key to get output device selections After you press a key you can select the output device you want to use to produce a copy of the error log Existing record length exceeds new record length
175. g functions custom solutions H 1 modifying generic code H 2 planning H 2 C Calculator consecutive calculations E 4 description of E 1 X 1 making calculations E 4 tool button 1 19 1 24 Call a BBx Program E 6 Change Company function key 1 38 Change Fields sample log 5 33 screen 5 29 Change File Size function 5 15 screen 5 16 Change Menu Style function key 1 17 1 39 change to from Favorites tool button 1 20 1 22 change to from Favorites Menu function key 1 16 1 38 changing companies graphical menus 1 21 text menu 1 38 Clear Sales Tax function 4 21 screen 4 22 click defined 1 9 CNVTLOG file B 3 Colors function 2 3 screen 2 4 Command Help 1 38 closing window 1 38 pull down menu command 1 28 Command help 1 40 closing window 1 40 commands accessing C 2 graphical functions 1 23 graphical menus 1 16 in field editing 1 32 1 42 OK 1 11 Proceed 1 11 report 1 45 scroll region 1 46 common ratios current ratio F 2 days receivables F 2 debt to asset ratio F 2 debt to equity ratio F 2 number of inventory turns F 2 quick ratio F 2 return of equity F 2 return on assets ROA F 2 return on investment ROD F 2 working capital F 1 companies changing 1 21 1 38 Company Information function 3 3 screen 3 4 Company Information List function 11 15 sample 11 17 company parameter 1 11 compatible applications 1 1 conventions repor
176. ge 11 34 Screen Use Screen Description Tables List Use the Tables List screen to select the tables you want to include in the list Resource Manager User s Manual 11 31 Tables List Master File Lists Tables List Screen Coward Ei Menten Dee bek Fra mm o 14 pee ES ek bopel Fee P N Thai ar Tuka A ml 7 Eppen Hiss Lese F Page B sak Pos T kay F Copy 4 AA Tana TOD A Field Definitions Field Name Description Application From Thru Enter the range of applications you want to include in the list Table ID From Thru Enter the range of tables you want to include in the list Suppress Blank Lines If you want to print blank lines from the tables in the list uncheck the box or enter N in text mode if not check the box or enter Y in text mode Page Break Per Table If you want each table to begin on a new page check the box or enter Y in text mode if not uncheck the box or enter N in text mode 11 32 Resource Manager User s Manual Master File Lists Tables List Command Bar Definitions This screen has no command bar Saving and Exiting Select the output device to begin printing the list After the list is produced the Master File Lists menu appears Resource Manager User s Manual 11 33 Master File Lists Tables List Tables List T abea 310day Jo puq PHOT IUNODIY ANT CHOT AFUNOSOY dIM ANTA ITOVAIO Clad y d L ZI yabus uunmpo Z SUUMNTOD JO ON squno
177. general assign all the possible setup types to a setup ID Warning RMPDxxx table does not exist Entry here will add table The RMPDxxx table has not been set up Press Enter to create a new table A 18 Resource Manager User s Manual References System Messages Width of window data is greater than window size Because the data you selected to appear in the window is wider than the window size you defined the window data will be truncated Window windowID not on file The window ID you selected is not in the Definitions file for the application You must enter a version number You cannot proceed with the conversion until you enter a valid version number Resource Manager User s Manual A 19 File Descriptions xxAPPL TXT Application Information The xxAPPL TXT file stores information about the applications to be installed on the system xxDATA Data Information The xxDATA file stores the data file information for applications This information is used to create files during installation rebuilding resizing files and printing the Data File Allocation Report xxFILES TXT Installation Copy Program The xxFILES TXT file determines which files to copy and when to prompt for another application volume during installation xxFRST TXT First Program Instructions The xxFRST TXT file stores BB statements that perform special functions before the installation of an application xxHELP Help The xxHELP f
178. ger User s Manual System File Maintenance Field Definitions Field Name Record Test Numeric Field Field Number Field Start Field Length Operand Value Description If this field occurs only in certain records within the file check the box or enter Y in text mode to perform a test of each record to see if the record is of the proper type If the field occurs in all records in the file uncheck the box or enter N in text mode If you choose to perform a record test enter the data required to identify a record within the file that contains this field If the test field contains numeric values check the box or enter Y in text mode if not uncheck the box or enter N in text mode Enter the field number within this file where the test field is located If this is not a numeric test field enter the starting position within the specified field number where the test field begins Tf this is not a numeric test field enter the total number of characters that the test field uses Enter the comparison operator that is performed to test the record You can enter to test the field for equality with the test value lt to test the field as being less than the test value gt to test the field as being greater than the test value lt gt to test the field as being unequal to the test value Enter the comparison value for the record test Command Bar Definitions This screen has no command bar
179. h tax class The file is set up through the Tax Classes function The RMCDxxx file is used only by Accounts Receivable but is stored in Resource Manager so that it can be of future use to other applications RMDEVDEF Device Definitions The RMDEVDEF file stores sample device names that are used as an inquiry window during device maintenance Resource Manager User s Manual B 9 File Descriptions References RMDRVDEF Driver Definitions The RMDRVDEF file stores terminal and plotter driver filenames that are used as an inquiry window during device maintenance RMGIDEF Global Inquiry Definitions The RMGIDEF file stores information and filenames that are used as an inquiry window during global inquiries RMPRNDFF Printer Definitions The RMPRNDEF file stores the default printer definitions that are used as an inquiry window during device maintenance RMTDxxx Tax Location Detail The RMTDxxx file stores such tax location detail information as the percentage rates and tax expense account RMTHxxx Tax Location Header The RMTHxxx file stores the tax location header information RMTXxxx Tax Locations The RMTXxxx file stores such tax location information as the tax authority tax ID amount of taxable and nontaxable sales tax collected for each location and GL account that sales taxes are posted to from other applications RMUCxxx User Comments The RMUCxxx file stores the comments you enter in the User Comments func
180. h value returned by the function is displayed 8 36 Resource Manager User s Manual Executive Information Summary Functions Command Bar Definitions Command Enter edit Append Description Setup types Saving and Exiting Description Move the prompt to the return value information you want to change and press Enter Then see Append Edit Functions Screen below for more information Press A to add a type and description to the list Then see Append Edit Functions Screen below for more information Press D to edit the description of the function in the header Press S to establish and update information about the setup types Then see Setup Types Screen below for more information Use the Proceed OK command to save your entries and exit to the EIS File Maintenance menu Resource Manager User s Manual 8 37 Functions Executive Information Summary Append Edit Functions Screen Corel Ed ben Qha Haii hmm oa te Di samen lupa Harat home Manual U Field Definitions Field Name Description Type The type of data returned can be of two types alphanumeric or numeric Enter A if the data returned in this value is alphanumeric or N if the data is numeric Description Enter a description of the data returned by the function Command Bar Definitions This screen has no command bar Saving and Exiting Use the Proceed OK command to save your entries and return to the
181. hange and change the values in the fields below The way the links will appear in the window is displayed in the middle section of the screen Accept the label that s displayed for the Global Inquiry link or enter a different label Accept the displayed window ID or enter the ID to which you want to link this window Resource Manager User s Manual System File Maintenance Global Inquiry Definitions Field Name Define by Fld Pos Val Start Length Position in Key Description Enter FIL if the segment to be sent is in the central file Enter LIN if the segment is defined as a field in the data section of the window Enter SUM if the segment is defined as a field in the summary section of the window Enter VAL if a user defined literal value is to be sent Enter the position of the field in the file list to be accessed Enter the first character position in the field that you want to send to the next window Enter the length of the field Enter the position that the data segment being sent is to occupy in the key used in the connecting window Command Bar Definitions This screen has no command bar Saving and Exiting Use the Proceed OK command to save your entries and return to the Global Inquiry Definitions screen Enter another window ID to maintain or use the Exit F7 command to return to the System File Maintenance menu Resource Manager User s Manual 6 35 Help Screens
182. he dev prn dev lptx and dev comx devices for printers attached directly to your workstation or captured in Windows 95 98 environments and all printers in UNIX and Linux environments Use the LPTx devices names for printers attached directly to your machine in Windows NT and 2000 environments Use the sysprint device for printers accessed through the Windows Print Manager in any Windows environment Device Type Select the device type from the inquiry window Depending on the type of printer you selected Resource Manager has these options for regular printers and sysprint devices the options are listed in alphabetical order to help you more quickly locate the appropriate explanation Command Description Backspace If the printer supports an ASCII backspace code enter YES to use the hexadecimal code 08 or enter a different hexadecimal code to perform a backspace If the printer does not have backspace capability enter NO Carriage Return If the printer supports the ASCII carriage return code enter YES to use the hexadecimal code 0D or enter a different hexadecimal code to perform a carriage return If the printer does not have this capability enter NO Resource Manager User s Manual 2 15 Devices Workstation Configuration 2 16 Command Compress Print Compress Cols Dialog Expanded On Expanded Off Expanded Cols Expanded Lines Form Feed Font Left Margin Line Feed Lines Per Page Des
183. he PACHECK function returns the total from the Checks file Setup types Company ID Sub Type Description 1 Numeric Checks Total PATIMETK PA Time Tickets File Total The PATIMETK function returns the total amount in the time tickets entered in Payroll Setup types Company ID Sub Type Description 1 Numeric Total Time Tickets POORDERS PO Orders File Totals The POORDERS function returns the transaction counts and totals by order status from the Purchase Order Transaction file Setup types Company ID Sub Type Description 1 Numeric New Orders Count 2 Numeric New Orders Total 3 Numeric Printed Orders Count 4 Numeric Printed Orders Total Resource Manager User s Manual G 45 Predefined Functions References G 46 Sub Type Description 5 Numeric Goods Received Orders Count 6 Numeric Goods Received Orders Total 7 Numeric Invoiced Orders Count 8 Numeric Invoiced Orders Total 9 Numeric Returned Orders Count 10 Numeric Returned Orders Total 11 Numeric Returned w Debit Memo Orders Count 12 Numeric Returned w Debit Memo Orders Total 13 Numeric Cancelled Orders Count 14 Numeric Cancelled Orders Total 15 Numeric All Orders Count 16 Numeric All Orders Total PORECINV PO Receipts and Invoices File Totals The PORECINV function returns the posted and unposted total from receipts and invoices Setup types Company ID Sub Type Description 1 Numeric Current Subtotal 2 Numeric Current Sales Tax
184. he file will be affected by the copy process Tag the file to change fields in the file Resource Manager User s Manual 5 31 Change Fields Data File Maintenance 5 32 Command Bar Definitions Command Description Tab value Press Tab to return to the Values screen section Enter Tag Untag Press Enter to toggle a file as included or excluded from the copy process All Press A to tag all of the files None Press N to untag all of the files Begin Press B to being the change field function Header Press H to return to the header section to change the selection you made for printing the log Goto Press G to go to a particular entry Field ID Press F to choose a new field ID this will abandon any field changes you have entered but not yet made When you have tagged the files you want to change press B to begin the change process When the changes are complete the log will print if you elected to produce it Enter a new field ID to change or use the Exit F7 command to return to the Data File Maintenance menu Resource Manager User s Manual Change Fields Data File Maintenance Change Fields Log TOOINY NTLA MON 100824 ante TEUTDTIO GI YYNOLSNO W 8 OG TZ 9 68T 68T ST ELG 0 8 OG TZ 9 0 ST LT AYLNE PA0094 O NNNM IS p1009y 107 yybusT pT Tj zedordur 907 0 0 AMLNH p10094 O WNNM 3s L p10094 103 uqbu T pT rj aodoadum OTOT OT LSD AMLNE p100e4
185. ia Eater aim Sater ai Peer oo Honim aden 4522 SF Puch as mp er ao Te Caleried 184 Fesh rsdabia Faces H H Er ran AN Tonie Pinole mM Hortmale Pincha m Tax Pied Bn asa manke kan Tx Auieiabin m Field Definitions You cannot enter or change information in this screen Command Bar Definitions This screen has no command bar Saving and Exiting To exit to the Tax Locations screen press any key 4 12 Resource Manager User s Manual Tax Groups Features Use tax groups to combine several tax locations for simultaneous sales tax calculations for line items For example a group could consist of a state and a local tax authority who both assess a sales tax on merchandise sold within their jurisdiction Use the Tax Groups function on the Application Setup menu to set up and maintain the tax groups Reports No report is associated with this function Screen Use Screen Description Tax Groups Use the Tax Groups screen to add or change tax groups and levels Resource Manager User s Manual 4 13 Tax Groups Application Setup Tax Groups Screen Camara Hades Da ee bak SEG La aa 7 Field Definitions Field Name Description Group ID The tax group IDs are displayed Description A description of each tax group is displayed Reporting Method Toggle between Combined and Separate to indicate which reporting method you want to use Tax Levels Enter the tax location that you want at the appropri
186. id end Date Append Enter edit print Online Shared Private First Last Next Prev Other Commands Description Accept the displayed date or enter a different date Enter the comment Command Bar Definitions Definition Press I to enter a different user ID Press R to enter a different reference ID Press D to change the end date Press A to add a comment Move to the line you want to edit and press Enter to edit it Press O to print the comment This command appears only if you have set up access codes for this function Press E to toggle between shared and private comments Shared comments can be viewed by everyone private comments can be viewed only by the person who enters the correct access code Press F to go to the first comment Press L to go to the last comment Press N to go to the next comment Press P to go to the previous comment When you are finished entering comments use the Exit F7 command to return to the screen or menu you accessed the Other Commands menu from Resource Manager User s Manual E 15 Other Commands References Inventory Price Calculator Use the Inventory Price Calculator to generate prices for items for specific customers without entering an order or invoice Select Inventory Price Calculator from the Other Command menu This screen appears Field Definitions E 16 Field Name Location ID Item ID Sale Units Price ID Description
187. ields from the Data File Maintenance menu this screen appears rears Kec fa Sanita jan xo MD T LE sanken Fei Postet 3 F Dildo Hen vih Tah sig res a ca bann rein charge spati 1 taa n Egen hi 200000 Taman Tome CAN Resource Manager User s Manual 5 29 Change Fields Data File Maintenance The screen contains 3 sections The top or Header section which includes the Field ID and Print Log fields is where you select the code or ID to change and whether or not you want to produce the printed log The lower left or Values section is where you will build a list of the values you want to change by specifying the old value and the new value The lower right or Files section contains a list of the files that will be changed in the applications you have installed on your system Field Definitions Header Field Name Description Field ID Enter the Field ID you want to change You can change fields 5 30 from any application from within Resource Manager Print Log Select the Print Log field to print a list of the files that are changed After you enter the field ID and indicate your preference for printing the log use the Proceed OK command to begin entering field values to change Field Definitions Values Field Name Description Original Value Enter the current field value that you want to change New Value Enter the new value that you want to use for this field C
188. ignment mark requires opening and closing the printer which triggers a form feed through Windows Turn the alignment marks off through Form Codes in Resource Manager If you want to print direct without the form feed you need to set up a device in OSAS that will print to the local port for example dev Itp1 for Windows 95 98 and Ipt for Windows NT and the windows print driver needs to print directly to the port Resource Manager User s Manual C 1 Common Questions References What s the best way to make changes to my CONFIG BBX file The Resource Manager Devices function is designed so that the ALIAS parameters and STBLEN values are automatically adjusted for you Why do my laser forms not align Printers have different drivers that cause forms to align differently See Appendix D for more information about aligning laser forms When I choose a sysprint printer illegible characters are printed What can Ido Try changing the FONT setting for the printer in the CONFIG bbx file Under the Devices menu see page 2 11 and select YES to overwrite Select the appropriate printer and enter Courier New including the quote marks Save you changes and test your printer If Courier New does not fix the output problem try other fonts The graphics on the console are not displayed correctly on SCO Open Server 5 What is wrong SCO Open Server 5 sets the console device to be IBM terminals instead of ANSI terminals Enter mapchan n i
189. ile stores all the help screens for fields in all the applications When you use the Help F1 command in a different application the information is accessed from this file xxLABEL TXT Label The xxLABEL TXT file stores the application name and copyright information The label information is used to verify that the appropriate installation media is installed and the copyright information is merged into the system copyright file Resource Manager User s Manual B 1 File Descriptions References xxLAST TXT Last Program Instructions The xxLAST TXT file stores BB statements that perform special functions after the normal installation of an application xxMN General Menu The xxMN file stores the menu records to be displayed on the screen for a company or an application xxMSG Message The xxMSG file stores the system messages for all applications To view or change system messages for an application use the System Messages function xxOI Options and Interfaces Definition The xxOI file stores records with Option definitions and application links for a single application xxSWCH Options Linkage Instructions The xxSWCH file stores the instructions that apply to a particular application and sets the option switch of another application to the same value xx TB General Table The xxTB file stores information that is relevant to each application For example the general table records contain information such as the
190. ile you are in the field once you move past it you must use the Abandon F5 command 1 42 Resource Manager User s Manual Introduction OSAS Text Key Operation F10 Delete the characters in the field to the right of the cursor If Delete to end of line insert mode is turned off and you enter a character in the field s first position everything in the field is deleted Shift F9 Copy the contents of the current field Copy field contents Shift F10 Paste the value you copied from a previous field into the Paste field contents current field Inquiry Commands When you use the Inquiry command several other commands become available for you to use in the inquiry window The Inquiry windows operate in two modes Search and Sort You can toggle between these modes within an Inquiry window by pressing the Ins Insert key You can also choose the default mode for the inquiry windows by using the Defaults function on the Workstation Configuration menu In Search mode you can move through the keys listed by typing progressively larger portions ofthe key you want to find For example when you typeC the window displays keys beginning with the letter C When you next press A the window displays keys beginning with CA and so on In Sort mode you can change the order of certain inquiry windows by pressing the letter key associated with the window sort You can see the available sorts in any inquiry window by pressing Es
191. in a scroll region bb Up Moves the cursor up one line al gt Down Moves the cursor down one line Y E PgDn Displays the next page of lines in the scroll region 3 End Moves the cursor to the last line in the scroll region zJ Help Commands When you use the Help F1 command you can use these commands Key Operation F6 Maintenance Edit a help screen F7 Exit Exit from the help screen and close the window Resource Manager User s Manual 1 31 OSAS Graphical Introduction In Field Editing Commands When the cursor is in a field that contains information you can use these keys and commands Key Right Left Del Delete Ins Insert on off Home End Ctrl Z Undo Shift F9 Copy field contents Shift F10 Paste field contents Operation Move the cursor to the right Move the cursor to the left Delete the character the cursor is on Switch insert mode on and off When the INS flag appears at the bottom right corner of the screen on the status bar characters you type push characters after the cursor off to the side When insert mode is turned off OVR appears on the status bar characters you type write over existing ones Move the cursor directly to the beginning of the field Move the cursor directly to the end of the field Restore a field to the way it was before you changed it You can use this command only while you are in the field once you move past it you must use the
192. in other applications enter A If you want the copied data to remain local to OSAS enter I the normal setting This setting applies to copying in graphical mode only Enter the ID of the default location for the workstation Enter the ID of the bank that is the default for the workstation Enter the default EIS Dashboard for the workstation Enter the maximum number of pages you want to store in memory from a report that is displayed on the screen in text mode The system default is 5 screen pages Enter the BBx device name of the default printer such as LPL LP or PO Enter a user ID that you want to be associated with the terminal ID The user ID can be used as another identifier when adding forms printers and pop up calendar reminders Enter the name of a bitmapped image to use as a background for your Start style graphical menu If you do not specify a bitmap name the system will use the default file OSAS BMP which is installed with Resource Manager Enter the subdirectory where you want your reports that you print to a file to be stored Enter the subdirectory where you want sort files created by OSAS to be stored 2 31 Defaults Workstation Configuration 2 32 Field Name Acroread Path Description If you want to be able to access the online documentation using the Shift F1 function key enter the full path and file name of the Adobe Acrobat Reader or a compatible program capable of reading and di
193. indow A 001002 would be paired with the description of window B and so on In the inquiry window you could move to the number that corresponds to the description of the window you want Then press Enter to move to that window The sequence number s notation carries two pieces of information the number of times you selected Global Inquiry and the number of windows you accessed As explained above the number 001002 provides two details you have run the Global Inquiry function only once 001 and this window was the second window you accessed since you selected Global Inquiry Therefore 001002 indicates the second window you accessed during your first usage of the Global Inquiry function Resource Manager User s Manual References Other Commands Had you selected Global Inquiry again to view the Payroll option in window 7 the sequence number of the window that appeared would be 002001 Every time you select Global Inquiry when no Global Inquiry windows are currently displayed the numbering starts at 001001 regardless of the sequence numbers the window had the last time you used it To exit from Global Inquiry at any point use the Exit F7 command General Information Inquiry Use the General Information Inquiry function to view information from the Accounts Receivable Accounts Payable Sales Order Purchase Order and Payroll applications Depending on which applications are installed you can view information about vendors
194. ing them to be listed 1 2 3 19 20 However since OSAS sorts in alphabetical order they are listed in a different order 1 10 19 2 20 3 9 To prevent that situation pad extra spaces in codes and IDs with zeros so that numbers in alphabetical order are also in numerical order In the example above the items would be labeled 00000000000000000001 through 00000000000000000020 Output the Report When you use the Proceed OK command the Output Information screen appears i Mute bel poe sine P L Pree nal Lane Do Ari PL Pant Salo Lars LO are Dad Piia i rd Aldra Fia Mara i To print the report e Select Printer and choose the printer On some reports you can also choose whether to print the report in standard size print or in compressed print Click OK or press Enter in text mode to continue 1 48 Resource Manager User s Manual Introduction Reports To view the report in Print Preview mode Select Print Preview and choose the printer On some reports you can also choose whether to print the report in standard size print or in compressed print Click OK or press Enter in text mode to continue To save the report as a File If you want to save the report as a data file for example to include it in a word processed report in CR LF format select File The data path for the workstation including the default drive appears if it is specified in the Defaults function Enter the filen
195. initions Reports A sample Global Inquiry Window Audit Report is on page 10 17 Screen Use Screen Description Global Inquiry Window Use the Global Inquiry Window Audit Report screen to Audit Report select the destination for the report Resource Manager User s Manual 10 15 Global Inquiry Window Audit Report Reports Global Inquiry Window Audit Report Screen mr Irga Windya Add Tapn T let D67270 Tee TOD UVA Field Definitions No fields are associated with this function Command Bar Definitions This screen has no command bar Saving and Exiting Select the output device to begin printing the report After the report is produced the Reports menu appears 10 16 Resource Manager User s Manual Global Inquiry Window Audit Report Reports Global Inquiry Window Audit Report T POUTFSP peut yep peut sep peut sep peut yep peut sep bed MOPUTM Peous sJerun MOPUTM paousiajaun MOPUTM Peous sJerun 30u aou 30u 30u aou 30u MOPUTM padualajey MOPUTM D OU 1 J N MOPUTM padualajey MOPUTM D OU 1 J N MOPUTM padualajey MOPUTM padualajey ATewouy J10d34 ITpny MOPUTM Aatnbul TegoTa IT400d IT400d IT400d THANI THANI IT400d GI UTT Arddng szepting Qt ON AUTT J odey Jo puq GIHdV ZIHdV TIHdV NdZYAdV THYAdV OqAdV GOELAV GI8IHdV TIHdV GI MOPUTM 1002 60 90 NY 72 6 10 17 Resource Manager User s Manual Master File Lists Menu List
196. initions This window has no command bar Saving and Exiting Use the Proceed OK command or press Enter on a blank formula line to save the math formula and return to the Field Definitions screen Resource Manager User s Manual 8 29 Setup Features Use the Setup function on the EIS File Maintenance menu to modify information about a range of a type of information that a function uses setup ID description associated function ID and range of the type of information If you intend to use only the functions IDs that are already in the system you are ready to use this information If you intend to define the setup IDs that have not been established use the Functions function before using the Setup function To produce a list of the information entered on the Setup screen use the Setup Definitions List function on the EIS Master File Lists menu Reports Screen Use Screen Setup Append Edit Setup Resource Manager User s Manual Description Use the Setup screen to modify a range of information in a function Use the Append Edit Setup screen to enter a range of setup criteria 8 31 Setup Executive Information Summary Setup Screen Field Definitions Cray 8 32 Field Name Setup ID Copy From Function ID Description Type Compay TSAO ed TI CRT Description Enter the setup ID you want to add view or edit This field appears if you enter a new setup ID Enter the set
197. ion Invoices Miscellaneous Debit Memos Subtotal Debit Memos Tax Debit Memos Freight Debit Memos Miscellaneous Invoices Totals Debit Memos Totals APHIYTD AP Detail History File YTD Totals The APHIYTD function returns the transaction totals for the year to date Setup types Company ID Sub Type 1 Numeric 2 Numeric 3 Numeric 4 Numeric 5 Numeric 6 Numeric F Numeric 8 Numeric 9 Numeric 10 Numeric Resource Manager User s Manual Description Invoices Subtotal Invoices Tax Invoices Freight Invoices Miscellaneous Debit Memos Subtotal Debit Memos Tax Debit Memos Freight Debit Memos Miscellaneous Invoices Totals Debit Memos Totals G 5 Predefined Functions References APMREQ AP Material Requisitions File Totals The APMREQ function returns the current unposted material requisition transaction totals Setup types Company ID Sub Type Description 1 Numeric Material Requisitions Total 2 Numeric Returned Material Requisitions Total APOPEN AP Open Invoice File Totals The APOPEN function returns the invoice totals from the Open Invoice file and separates them by status Setup types Company ID Sub Type Description 1 Numeric Gross Due Total 2 Numeric Discount Total 3 Numeric Prepaid Gross Due Total 4 Numeric Prepaid Discount Total 5 Numeric Released Status Count 6 Numeric Hold Status Count 7 Numeric Prepaid Status Count 8 Numeric Temporary Hold Count 9 Numeric 1099 Gros
198. it and press Enter Then see Append Edit Screen below for more instructions Press A to add a file to the list Then see Append Edit Screen below for more instructions Press G to go to a specific file in the list Press D to delete the entire field definition Press F to change the field you are working with Press to sort the files alphabetically To exit to the System File Maintenance menu use the Exit F7 command Resource Manager User s Manual 6 67 Field Definitions System File Maintenance Append Edit Screen Errai Em kka Dha Lip Fra ae mn 14 me are File Mare Fie Circle Purea Fad Find Pinia Field lan Fed Lear Fimi Tent Hure Feed Field Definitions Field Name 6 68 Description Numeric Field Field Number Field Start Field Length rar bor Heder Description Enter the name of the file that contains the field If the file is company specific enter a lowercase x appended to the file name Enter the description of the file If this field contains numeric values check the box or enter Y in text mode if not uncheck the box or enter N in text mode Enter the field number within this file where the field is located If this is not a numeric field enter the starting position within the specified field number where this field ID begins If this is not a numeric field enter the total number of characters that this field ID uses Resource Mana
199. iting Description To indicate whether the users of the code should have access to a function press Enter to toggle between YES and NO Press A to turn on access to all the functions on the menu Press N to deny access to all the functions on the menu Press W and select Yes or enter Y in text mode to save your changes Use the Exit F7 command to return to the Company Setup menu Resource Manager User s Manual Country Codes Features Use the Country Codes function on the Company Setup menu to assign a two character code and a telephone number mask to a country Reports To produce a list of the information entered on the Country Codes screen use the Country Codes List function Country Codes Screen Corsair Fa Moden e Erik ra ha BD 74 Or j Ark Darit T j Cam p Mea just Pre aah I me H re GE TO CA Resource Manager User s Manual 3 21 Country Codes Company Setup Field Definitions Field Name Description Country Code Enter the code for the country Name of Country Enter the full name of the country Phone Mask Enter a mask to use for telephone and facsimile machine numbers in this country Enter spaces where numbers are entered and other characters to separate the numbers for readability if desired The total length of numbers and separators cannot exceed 20 characters For example if you want to enter phone numbers in the format 999 999 9999 enter without the quota
200. itions This screen has no command bar 11 52 Resource Manager User s Manual Master File Lists Field List Saving and Exiting Select the output device to begin printing the list After the list is produced the Master File Lists menu appears Resource Manager User s Manual 11 53 Master File Lists Field List Field List J10dsy Jo puq SHA Axque UOTJOPSUEI JO JTXS UO sTe43o3 8010J 07 Juem no OG 120 SHA zequnu SOTOAUT qeOTTdnp JT burudem e moys 07 quem nok og ozo SHA sqnjs yooyo z ded urerd esq 810 ON Azojsty eseyoznd Areunms desy LTO SHA sxoayo SUTTUO jo bUTJUTI MOTTV PLO ON A103STy UT UOTIdTIOSSP TeuoT tTppe desy ETO ON amp I70JUSAUT WOAF SUOTJATIOSSP TeuotyTppe dog ZTO SHA SUOTIATIODSSP TRUOTITPPR sn TIO SHA A1o03sty eseyoind Tregsp desy 600 TIVLZA xeuums 10 TTejep UT SUOTJORSUEI IS04 L00 ON amp UOTJETTTOUOOSY YUEG OJ SOPJISJUI STO ON 1509 gor 07 sorIISAUJ 500 ON Kaoqu AuI 07 SoPJISJUI 200 ON I bp T Tersusg 07 sorJISJUI 100 enTeA UOTJITIISSA zequny UOTIIO EZ Pu aTqe eg SJUNOOOV 104 ST SS0PJISJUI pue SUOTJdO WY 01 bed Arddng szepttng T007 60 90 Resource Manager User s Manual 11 54 System Messages xxCNVT LOG Error Log exists Press Any Key to continue The files you are trying to convert for an application have already been converted If you must convert the files again use the operating system commands to erase the specified file first Acces
201. k on any field and select the appropriate command from the menu that appears To activate the command on the dashboard screen in text mode press the letter key associated with the command Command Description Update Select Update or press U in text mode to update the information in the fields when used on a network Recalc Select Recalc or press R in text mode to recalculate a field so that you have the latest information Global Select Global or press G in text mode to recalculate all the fields on the screen for the latest information 7 28 Resource Manager User s Manual EIS Dashboards Top 10 Items Command Setup Field View Edit Load History Saving and Exiting Description Select Setup or press S in text mode to display information within a range Select Field or press F in text mode to change the definition of the field Select View or press V in text mode to view information about how the highlighted field was calculated and what values it was designed to produce Select Edit or press E in text mode to reconfigure the EIS Dashboard you are using Select Load or press L in text mode to load a different EIS Dashboard Select History or press H in text mode to display the EIS Dashboard using saved field history from a different date Use the Exit F7 command to return to the EIS Dashboard menu Resource Manager User s Manual 7 29 Top 10 Sales Reps Function The
202. l mode If you want to be able to exit from OSAS and run other operating system programs enter A the normal setting If you want to prevent exiting from OSAS enter I If you want the copyrights of OSAS to appear on your workstation each time you start OSAS in text mode enter A if not enter I You can view copyrights in graphical mode by using the About command on the Help pull down menu If you want to use OSAS with live data files enter A the normal setting You can still toggle to the sample data path by pressing F5 at the Main menus If you want use OSAS with sample data only enter I the demo setting If you want to confirm the Proceed OK command by issuing the command a second time enter A if not enter L If you want to be able to select compressed screen printing in text mode enter A If you use graphical mode only never use compressed print for screen printing or if your workstation does not support it enter I 2 29 Defaults Workstation Configuration Field Name Description Online Help If you want the function keys and the functions they represent to appear at the bottom of the screen in text mode enter A if not enter I Banner Page If you want to print a banner page that shows the pick screen of each report enter A if not enter I Favorites If you want to start OSAS using the Favorites menu enter A if you want to start OSAS using the main menu enter I Alt Sorts If you want to wan
203. lculate all the fields on the screen for the latest information Resource Manager User s Manual EIS Dashboards Accounts Payable Analysis Command Setup Field View Edit Load History Saving and Exiting Description Select Setup or press S in text mode to display information within a range Select Field or press F in text mode to change the definition of the field Select View or press V in text mode to view information about how the highlighted field was calculated and what values it was designed to produce Select Edit or press E in text mode to reconfigure the EIS Dashboard you are using Select Load or press L in text mode to load a different EIS Dashboard Select History or press H in text mode to display the EIS Dashboard using saved field history from a different date Use the Exit F7 command to return to the EIS Dashboard menu Resource Manager User s Manual 7 21 Top 10 Customers Function The Top 10 Customers dashboard provides a list of the 10 customers with the highest sales amount in the current and prior years Reports No report is associated with this function Screen Use Screen Description Top 10 Customers An EIS Dashboard is a screen that displays several fields Dashboard and associated values Resource Manager User s Manual 7 23 Top 10 Customers EIS Dashboards Top 10 Customers Dashboard 7 24 Earmaran Hades re feen ber era sn ent elev
204. le To make the cursor skip the fields that do not require an entry use this command to turn the option on If this option is turned on the applicable function keys are displayed on the screen 1 41 OSAS Text Introduction Help Commands When you use the Help F1 command three commands become available for you to use on help screens Key Operation F3 Delete Delete the help screen contents To recover a deleted screen copy the xxHELP file from the distribution media to the PROGxx subdirectory xx is the application ID The copying process overwrites changes you made to other help screens F6 Maintenance Edit a help screen F7 Exit Exit from the help screen and close the window In Field Editing Commands When the cursor is in a field that contains information you can use the following keys and commands Key Operation Right Move the cursor to the right Left Move the cursor to the left Del Delete Delete the character the cursor is on Ins Insert on off Switch insert mode on and off When the Insert flag appears at the bottom of the screen characters you type push characters after the cursor off to the side When insert mode is turned off characters you type write over existing ones Home Move the cursor directly to the beginning of the field End Move the cursor directly to the end of the field F9 Undo Restore a field to the way it was before you changed it You can use this command only wh
205. lect the day for which you want to add change or delete reminders Use the Add and Edit Reminder screens to enter reminders and to edit the reminders you ve entered previously Use the View Reminder screen to view the reminders for a specific date 4 29 Pop Up Calendar Application Setup Field Definitions Field Name Description Calendar display The current month is displayed An icon or symbol will appear on the days for which reminders are on file Use the arrow keys to scroll through the days on the calendar When you have selected the day you want to work with use one of the commands below 4 30 Resource Manager User s Manual Application Setup Pop Up Calendar Command Bar Definitions Command Definition Prev Next Press P to display the calendar for the previous month Press N to display the calendar for the next month View Press V to view the reminders for the selected date See View Reminder Screen below for more information Add Press A to add a reminder to the selected date see Add Edit Reminder Screen below for more information Delete day Press D to delete all reminders for the selected date Remove before Press R to delete all reminders dated before the selected date View Reminder Screen i ray anaran i me Sram ma te EE E am Engage OD Termal TORE CA Resource Manager User s Manual 4 31 Pop Up Calendar Application Setup 4 32 Field Definitions
206. les 4 Item Quantity 5 Item ID 5 Item Description 5 Item Sales 5 Item Quantity 6 Item ID 6 Item Description 6 Item Sales 6 Item Quantity 7 Item ID 7 Item Description G 37 Predefined Functions References Sub Type Description 27 Numeric 7 Item Sales 28 Numeric 7 Item Quantity 29 Alphanumeric 8 Item ID 30 Alphanumeric 8 Item Description 31 Numeric 8 Item Sales 32 Numeric 8 Item Quantity 33 Alphanumeric 9 Item ID 34 Alphanumeric 9 Item Description 35 Numeric 9 Item Sales 36 Numeric 9 Item Quantity 37 Alphanumeric 10 Item ID 38 Alphanumeric 10 Item Description 39 Numeric 10 Item Sales 40 Numeric 10 Item Quantity G 38 Resource Manager User s Manual References Predefined Functions INVTOPSP Inventory Top 10 Items PTD Sales Totals The INVTOPSP function returns the 10 highest selling items from inventory for the period the ID and description the amount taken in from sales and the quantity sold Setup types Company ID Warehouse ID Item Number Sub 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Type Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Resource Manager User s Manual Description 1 Item ID 1 Item Description 1 Item Sales 1 Item Qua
207. lf join field enter an expression for the value needed to access the correct key For self join fields the number is always 1 For a cross reference by table field enter the row column reference in the format RxxCyy Command Bar Definitions This screen has no command bar Saving and Exiting Use the Proceed OK command to save your entries and continue with the next definition screen you selected If this is the last definition screen you selected the Global Inquiry Definition screen appears Enter another window ID to maintain or use the Exit F7 command to return to the System File Maintenance menu Resource Manager User s Manual 6 33 Global Inquiry Definitions System File Maintenance Global Inquiry Definitions Global Links Screen Ghital lapp D saqtay a Eras p jaka Die p ran tA po Te or sa mdr HE Faga p inna Laiu Lia i D Cires Es Fer Bey ken Karri I Wen AE FIL du ahi 6 mi E F Ordenr FORT FIL a a gia ri y 1 E E Such ps ces Fusion Po mer Wios Lik E T ee Fiera Tucson dppkcars wine fr aj sole Derin Derete S lat Largh For in Lap ij hp s Field Definitions Field Name Label Wind ID Define By Fld Pos Val Beg Len KeyPos Switch Output Appearance Switch Label 6 34 Egg Bi ESS Versand T IR Description The information for the window links that are defined is displayed To change the links use the Jump command to display the like you want to c
208. ls The BRJDAY function returns for a particular day the amount of money you deposited in the bank accounts the amount you withdrew adjustments made to the accounts and the amount you transferred from one account to another Setup types Company ID Bank Accts Sub Type 1 Numeric 2 Numeric 3 Numeric 4 Numeric Description Deposit Total Disbursement Total Adjustment Total Transfer Total BRJMTD BR Journal File MTD Totals The BRJMTD function returns for the month to date the amount of money you deposited in the bank accounts the amount you withdrew adjustments made to the accounts and the amount you transferred from one account to another Setup types Company ID Bank Accts Sub Type 1 Numeric 2 Numeric 3 Numeric 4 Numeric Resource Manager User s Manual Description Deposit Total Disbursement Total Adjustment Total Transfer Total G 31 Predefined Functions References GLJDAY GL Journal File Daily Totals The GLJDAY function returns the amount of money from unposted journal entries for today Setup types Company ID GL Account Sub Type Description 1 Numeric Unposted Journal Entries GLJPTD GL Journal File PTD Totals The GLJPTD function returns the amount of money from unposted journal entries for the period to date Setup types Company ID GL Account Sub Type Description 1 Numeric Unposted Journal Entries GLJYTD GL Journal File YTD Totals The GLJPTD function returns the amo
209. lt mode the screen size is smaller when you use higher monitor resolutions Result Displays the Windows calculator OSAS Graphical Introduction Favorites Menu F Haber oot Mn ba Hal It eee Tool Command Button Key Result F2 Displays the Favorites menu Main Change to n Favorites Sj menu See Graphical Favorites Menu on page 1 23 Other Menu Ea pisii Dei Fg Geer Heb IP er m u u E misa ka ae pen Gem Dar Tala FR1 vT Fon The Other menu contains a set of utilities A calculator and Global Inquiry which presents data from several applications are two of the utilities on the Other menu See appendix F for information about all of the utilities on the Other menu Help Menu Fir podes Tome Ferie er He 1 Gap iF 1s Tool Command Ke Result Button y Help F1 Displays descriptions of the application menus and functions 1 20 Resource Manager User s Manual Introduction OSAS Graphical Tool Command Button Key Result About OSAS Displays the About OSAS dialog box Tool Bar Icons J BO BES There are three icons on the tool bar that were not described above Tool Button Key Result es Shift F2__ Displays the Application Information dialog box wa Displays the pop up calendar screen You can use the calendar to add and review reminders for any date gt Opens an MS DOS prompt Displays a screen for calling any BBx program that does go not require variables to be passed to it See
210. mals you want assigned to credit limits Enter the e mail address of the company s main contact Enter the Internet address of the company s web site Command Bar Definitions This screen has no command bar Saving and Exiting Use the Proceed OK command to save your entries and exit to the Company Setup menu 3 6 Resource Manager User s Manual Data File Creation Features Use the Data File Creation function on the Company Setup menu to create the data files that you need to process information for acompany Reports No report is associated with this function Screen Use Screen Description Data File Creation Use the Data File Creation screen to select the directory for the files you create Resource Manager User s Manual 3 7 Data File Creation Company Setup Data File Creation Screen Dita F r Cirsa MA E Loser En Modos oi Egip i a ba mo Of make Daimi Carr H Takai di ms pakar u on co age i 7 Sophie ID aj AP hoss Pajiiie Compay OSL Led T CA Field Definitions Field Name Description Select directory on The data file directories you established for the system appear which to create files If more than one directory is listed select the data directory where you want the new files to be created Application ID Enter the ID of each application for which you want data files created If the system finds data files for the application you enter in the data path the messag
211. mmand to look up and select a screen A 14 Resource Manager User s Manual References System Messages Setup ID setupID Is Not on File The setup ID you entered is not on file Enter an ID that is on file or use the Inquiry F2 command to look up and select an ID Sharing violation reading drive drive Abort Retry Fail You are trying to load multiple OSAS sessions too quickly Press to abort the process exit from all Windows sessions and Windows itself and reboot your computer Then try again make sure that each OSAS session is fully loaded before you load another OSAS session Source directory cannot be an OSAS directory You must enter a directory that is not used by OSAS Create a directory to convert from and enter it as the source directory Spool file filename is in use Press Enter to abort Someone else is using the file you are trying to access Try again later Starting column must be less than 75 Starting column plus number of columns must be less than 80 The starting position of the window you create cannot be beyond screen column 74 and the last column in the window cannot extend beyond column 79 Make the window smaller or position the first column farther left Starting row must be less than 20 Starting row plus the number of rows must be less than 25 The starting position of the window you create cannot be below screen line 19 and the last row of the window cannot extend beyond line 24 M
212. mmand to save your entries and return to the Tax Groups screen 4 16 Resource Manager User s Manual Sales Tax Report Features Print the Sales Tax Report at the end of each period for information about how taxes have been allocated for the tax locations you set up Reports A sample Sales Tax Report is on page 4 20 Screen Use Screen Description Sales Tax Report Use the Sales Tax Report screen to select the tax authorities and locations you want to include in the report Resource Manager User s Manual 4 17 Sales Tax Report Application Setup Sales Tax Report Screen Cored Ei ode m Bekk aba Ah T Di irka Fick Teig Fan T T f Tallocann Ferm LA The PE Prt Up C Timisoar Fa Sei fa Pachaces fa Zen Beer T as Cait Company Bi DEL CE amana FO EAN Field Definitions Field Name Description Tax Authority Enter the range of tax authorities you want to include in the From Thru report Inquiry Tax Location From Enter the range of tax locations you want to include in the Thru report Print By Select the order in which you want to print the report Print Sales If you want to list sales for each location check the box or enter Y in text mode if not uncheck the box or enterN in text mode Print Purchases If you want to list purchases for each location check the box or enter Y in text mode if not uncheck the box or enter N in text mode 4 18 Resource Manager User s Manual Appli
213. n System Messages Use the System Messages screen to add change or view system messages for an application Resource Manager User s Manual 6 41 System Messages System File Maintenance System Messages Screen Fr Ada nn al E EST DA ma 18 Field Definitions Field Name Description Application Enter the ID of the application whose system messages you want to add view or edit Line The system message line number is displayed Message The system message text is displayed 6 42 Resource Manager User s Manual System File Maintenance System Messages Command Bar Definitions Command Description Enter edit Move to the line you want to edit and press Enter Append Press A to add a system message line to the end of the list Goto Press G to go to a specific system message This command appears only when there is more than one screen of messages Saving and Exiting Use the Proceed OK command to save your entries and exit to the System File Maintenance menu Resource Manager User s Manual 6 43 Backup Restore Commands Features Use the Backup Restore Commands function on the System File Maintenance menu to customize your backup and restore commands Reports To produce a list of the information entered on the Backup Restore Commands screen use the Backup Restore Commands List function Screen Use Screen Description Backup Restore Use the Backup Restore Commands screen to customize the C
214. n highlighting the application you want to use Then press PgDn or Enter to select it Resource Manager User s Manual 1 35 OSAS Text Introduction Press the first letter of the application you want to use The cursor jumps to the first application beginning with the letter press the letter key or the down arrow until the application you want is highlighted When your choice is highlighted press PgDn or Enter to select it Position the mouse cursor over the application and click The application will briefly highlight and switch to the application screen e To jump to the first application on the menu press Home To jump to the last application on the menu press End To select a function from an application menu highlight and select your choices the same way you do on the Main menu with one exception you can press PgDn only when an option leads to another menu and you must press Enter to select a function On an application menu you can press PgUp to move to the menu immediately above it If you are several menu levels away from the Main menu you can return to the Main menu by pressing PgUp repeatedly or by pressing the Tab key You can exit from a menu in these ways Press the PgUp key to go to the previous menu one menu up Press the Tab key to go to the Main menu e Use the Exit F7 command to go to the operating system 1 36 Resource Manager User s Manual Introduction OSAS Text Text Favorites Me
215. n 20 items of information The sub number is useful when you use the Math formula command you can manipulate individual data items A Type is the sort of information that is returned A function returns one of two types numeric or alphanumeric A Description describes a data item that the function returns Most are self explanatory use the information as a guide for what the item returns and what the entire function returns Resource Manager User s Manual G 1 Predefined Functions References Functions APCHECK Accounts Payable Checks File Totals The APCHECK function returns the total amount of money paid through checks the money saved through discounts the money lost by not taking advantage of discounts and the amount paid in advance by checks Setup types Company ID Sub Type Description 1 Numeric Checks Total 2 Numeric Discounts Taken Total 3 Numeric Discounts Lost Total 4 Numeric Prepaid Checks Total APHCDAY AP Checks History File Daily Totals The APHCDAY function returns the total amount paid with checks for a particular day Setup types Company ID Sub Type Description 1 Numeric Checks Total G 2 Resource Manager User s Manual References Predefined Functions APHCPTD AP Checks History File PTD Totals The APHCPTD function returns the total amount paid with checks in the period the amount saved through discounts by paying on time in the period the amount paid with checks in advance in the perio
216. n the year Period Periods from 1 to the number of periods in the year are displayed Begin Date Enter the month and the day of the first day of each period End Date Enter the month and the day of the last day of each period Command Bar Definitions This screen has no command bar 4 26 Resource Manager User s Manual Application Setup Period Setup Saving and Exiting Use the Proceed OK command to save your entries Then use the Exit F7 command to return to the Application Setup menu Resource Manager User s Manual 4 27 Pop Up Calendar Features Use the Pop Up Calendar function on the Application Setup menu to create and edit calendar dated reminders You can create reminders for yourself for another user or for everyone on your system If you select the option in the Resource Manager Options and Interfaces function the Pop Up Calendar screen will appear automatically when you start OSAS if there are unread reminders on file for the system date The Pop Up Calendar is also available from the Other Commands F4 menu on all menu and function screens In graphical mode you can also activate the Pop Up Calendar by clicking on the associated tool button on any graphical menu or function screen Reports No report is associated with this function Screen Use Screen Pop Up Calendar Add Edit Reminder View Reminder Resource Manager User s Manual Description Use the Pop Up Calendar screen to se
217. n you elect to print you can print data from one to four historical dates and times on the report For each historical column enter the date and time of the historical data you want to print on the report Saving and Exiting Select the output device for the report to begin printing After the report is produced the EIS Reports menu appears Resource Manager User s Manual 8 13 Executive Information Summary EIS Dashboard History Report Dashboard History xxx MOdoy JO PUE xxx 25 867 DEG soueTeg use butpuy 370dey MOTA USE IOLLANAO 75 617 9 puokeg and ION av UV stsATeuy MOTA Use LIENIO 00 puokeg and ION dy stsATeuy MOTA Use NdVJO 75 617 9E puoAsg and 39N YY STS TRUV MOTA use LNYVIO TE ORT SS 9 yom SNC ION dvV UV STS TSUV MOTA Use 9LENDD 00 9 yom nq JON dY STS TEUY MOTA use 9NAWIO TE IPT GG 9 A99M ond JON UV STSATeUY MOTA Use ONEVAD TO0Z LT TO 9 A89M 931 dv STS TEUY MOTA USED 9dAWIO 26 98 EL S YOM Ong JON AV UV STSATeuy MOTA Use GIENAO 00 S xA99M and JON dY STSATeUY MOTA use GNAVIO TE EIS EL S xA99M ond IN UV STSATeUY MOTA Use GNEWED T002 0T TO S yeem 938 dy stsATeuy MOTA Use GUAY 00 p X99M nq JON aV UV STS TeUy MOTA use PLANAO 00 7 3 M ond ION dY STs ATeuy MOTA use pNdWdO 00 p YOM ond JON UV STS TeUY MOTA Use pNUVIO T007 0 TO k A99M 3980 dv stsATeuy MOTA Use pUddvao 8 789 ZE
218. nd Exiting Description Select Setup or press S in text mode to display information within a range Select Field or press F in text mode to change the definition of the field Select View or press V in text mode to view information about how the highlighted field was calculated and what values it was designed to produce Select Edit or press E in text mode to reconfigure the EIS Dashboard you are using Select Load or press L in text mode to load a different EIS Dashboard Select History or press H in text mode to display the EIS Dashboard using saved field history from a different date Use the Exit F7 command to return to the EIS Dashboard menu Resource Manager User s Manual 7 9 Daily Statistics Function The Daily Statistics dashboard provides current data on sales purchases cash receipts and checks produced Reports No report is associated with this function Screen Use Screen Description Daily Statistics Dashboard An EIS Dashboard is a screen that displays several fields and associated values Resource Manager User s Manual 7 11 Daily Statistics EIS Dashboards Daily Statistics Dashboard 5 3 mon ie r AAN sia Cies Ska m Parc haren Cijon iishi ten _ m Pe m Fami El Popped fi Fecored mi Machos D pla m Aare vu Caii kiara In Twa DI Ti wi Garter al Head Didi ta Tajir ma a PT mi mean P meri Lat eesi Fijar W com m FTE Bii Din bu Earl de 75 M
219. ng into Defaults If you are using the graphical version of OSAS this command toggles between graphical screens and text based screens for the functions you use If you are using the graphical function screens this command toggles screen scaling on and off When scaling is off the default setting the graphical screens become smaller when you use higher monitor resolutions Move back one menu level Move back to the Main menu Select a menu or function from a menu Move the cursor up or down through the menu selections If the bell is turned on it sounds at an error or when you must verify a command To turn off the bell use this command or the Defaults function on the Workstation Configuration menu To turn the bell back on use this command again Text Function Commands Once you select an OSAS application function from the menu the function screen appears The way that you enter data on OSAS screens is consistent from function to function To move around the OSAS screens you use the function commands described below Most keyboards have a set of function keys usually labeled with the letter Fanda number In OSAS commands are assigned to these function keys You can use the commands to work with data entry screens Resource Manager User s Manual 1 39 OSAS Text Introduction Except for the Command Help Esc and Jump Tab commands and the Enter key you can use the Keyboard function on the Workstation Config
220. ng field For numeric data or social security number fields leave this field blank For alphanumeric fields enter the length of the data that you want to display For cross reference fields enter the length of the linking field For numeric fields enter the number of digits to the left of the decimal place that you want to be displayed Enter the column where you want to begin displaying the field Resource Manager User s Manual System File Maintenance Global Inquiry Definitions Field Name Xref Field Start Length Flds Table Key Test Description Enter the name of the cross reference file whose data you want to access If the file is company specific put lowercase xxx after the name of the file Enter the position of the field in the record of the specified file For alphanumeric fields enter the first character position in the field that you want to be displayed For other field types leave this field blank For alphanumeric fields enter the length of the data For numeric fields enter the number of digits to the left of the decimal place that you want to be displayed For other field types leave this field blank Accept the value specified in the xxTOP file or enter the number of fields in the cross reference file If the field refers to a table for the appropriate value enter the coordinate of the record in the table you want to access if it does not leave it blank For a se
221. nnot start the accounting software with a terminal ID that is not set up in your config bbx file Make sure that the config bbx file is on your system and start OSAS with a different terminal ID If the problem persists get help from a support technician Global string maskname is not defined The user mask you entered is not set up in memory Check the name and enter a different user mask History Not Selected in Options Table The history option is not valid if the Keep Values File History switch is set to NO in the Options and Interfaces function in Resource Manager see page 3 15 Incompatible enhancement The enhancement you are trying to install is incompatible with a previous enhancement Contact the reseller who sold you the enhancement Insufficient memory available Your computer does not have enough memory available to use the function Close some of the other programs you are running and try the function again If you still get the message see your dealer about purchasing more RAM for your computer Invalid characters in company ID The character you entered is not a valid filename in the operating system Invalid backup restore command found in the OSxxx txt file You have a bad command in the backup or restore file displayed Resource Manager User s Manual A 9 System Messages References Invalid date format The date you entered does not conform to the date format that is used on your system Enter the
222. ns Field Name Description Global Inquiry Window Enter the ID of the Global Inquiry window you want to define ID or change Copy From This field appears if you entered a new window ID Enter the ID of the window definition you want to copy Window Title Accept the displayed title of the window or enter a different title Do You Want To If you want to enter or change general information summary Change fields data columns or global inquiry links check the appropriate box or enter Y in text mode if not uncheck the appropriate box or enter N in text mode 6 24 Resource Manager User s Manual System File Maintenance Global Inquiry Definitions Command Bar Definitions This screen has no command bar Saving and Exiting Use the Proceed OK command to save your entries and continue with the first definition window you selected When you use the Proceed OK command on the last definition screen you selected the Global Inquiry Definitions screen appears again Enter another window ID to add or maintain or use the Exit F7 command to return to the System File Maintenance menu Resource Manager User s Manual 6 25 Global Inquiry Definitions System File Maintenance Global Inquiry Definitions General Information Screen Ghital lora y Debra Ma E Gerard p jee ra Heb m x thA go TE or sa Fam aha Gesner Wiksa 0 APH Tila lrei Pusuhast Hisap Cin mur FE hy I I Fin E Mare Te I Kalm Racer suchen beinir
223. nsactions for this company Enter the ID of the bank you want to use as a default when you enter cash transactions for this company Enter the Sales Order batch ID the OSAS Web application will use when posting sales orders received from customers on the Internet The weight unit applies to all item weights you enter in the Inventory and Sales Order applications and is printed on some screens reports and forms Enter the standard weight system your company will use For example enter LBS or Ibs if you use pounds or KG or kg if you use kilograms 3 5 Company Information Field Name Reg Dollars IN Costs IN Prices IN Otys Rates Hours Cr Limits E mail Address Web Site Company Setup Description Enter the number of decimals you want assigned to regular dollar amounts The location of the company might determine the number of decimals you enter For example if you setupa U S company you should enter 2 to enter the whole and fractional numbers of U S dollars if you set up a Japanese company you should enter 0 to enter whole numbers of yen and so on Enter the number of decimals you want assigned to inventory costs Enter the number of decimals you want assigned to inventory prices Enter the number of decimals you want assigned to inventory quantities Enter the number of decimals you want assigned to rates Enter the number of decimals you want assigned to hours Enter the number of deci
224. ntity 2 Item ID 2 Item Description 2 Item Sales 2 Item Quantity 3 Item ID 3 Item Description 3 Item Sales 3 Item Quantity 4 Item ID 4 Item Description 4 Item Sales 4 Item Quantity 5 Item ID 5 Item Description G 39 Predefined Functions References G 40 Sub 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 oF 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 Type Numeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Numeric Description 5 Item Sales 5 Item Quantity 6 Item ID 6 Item Description 6 Item Sales 6 Item Quantity 7 Item ID 7 Item Description 7 Item Sales 7 Item Quantity 8 Item ID 8 Item Description 8 Item Sales 8 Item Quantity 9 Item ID 9 Item Description 9 Item Sales 9 Item Quantity 10 Item ID 10 Item Description 10 Item Sales 10 Item Quantity Resource Manager User s Manual References Predefined Functions INVTOPSY Inventory Top 10 Items YTD Sales Totals The INVTOPSY function returns the 10 highest selling items from inventory for the year the ID and description the amount taken in from sales and the quantity sold Setup types Company ID Warehouse ID Item Number Sub
225. nto the profile file Print Manager How can I access the Print Manager command letters and their functions The commands are displayed when you use the Help F1 command When you know which command you want to use use the Exit F7 command on the Help screen Then enter the command Do the same access codes in OSAS apply to Print Manager Yes If you do not have access to an OSAS function you will not be able to access a print job that was produced using that function C 2 Resource Manager User s Manual References Common Questions How can I make Print Manager print reports without supervision You can use the Tag command to mark the reports you want to print The reports you want to print in the batch must have the same form class Then use the Print Batch command to print the jobs you selected Does the form class configure the printer for the form I selected No The form class assigned to the print job reminds you to verify that the proper paper is loaded in the printer but it does not configure that printer Can I print more than one copy of a selected print job Yes After you have selected the file and used the P Print command enter the number of copies you want to print in the Control window that appears EIS What is a function A function is a small program that processes data in a file and returns one or more values Use the Functions function on the File Maintenance menu to define the values in the function
226. ntry Codes List Country Codes List az Tad VNYMSLOE SWAVHVE TIZWad VIAITOG vada NINA INANE NIVSHVE vIaw nd OSY ONIMANd KWNIDTYE HSAOWIONVE sodvdavd Vanav VITVELSNY VIALS VNIINGDYV VIODNY SATILINY IN VITIINDNY VNDILNV vn owen x3unoy apoy Azqunog Ag ISTT sapoy Az uNoD Arddng szepttng 310da1 Jo puq Wd LS S 0002 92 90 Resource Manager User s Manual 11 38 Tax Locations List Features The Tax Locations List shows the tax locations and tax authorities that are on your system The list also identifies the sales and tax collected for each tax class in each tax location Reports A sample Tax Locations List is on page 11 42 Screen Use Screen Description Tax Locations List Use the Tax Locations List screen to select the tax authorities and locations you want to include in the list Resource Manager User s Manual 11 39 Tax Locations List Master File Lists Tax Locations List Screen EEE 1 Cowwareds Ei bjodes r Hii pra hb m 74 Fame Ep 5 Fe r Tei Far s Patches Dei o T am Claret Carney HE smua TERT On Field Definitions Field Name Tax Authority From Thru Tax Location From Thru Print By Print Sales Print Purchases 11 40 Description Enter the range of tax authorities you want to include in the list Enter the range of tax locations you want to include in the list Select the order in which you want to organize the list
227. nu Your Favorites menu saves time in moving between applications opening and closing submenus and application menus and allows easy access to your common applications By setting up your Favorites menu you can access your most used functions or submenus by pressing the F2 key Favorites Menu Text Style r Favorites Rena TUL AP Transactions GL Edit Transaerionsd IN Transfers Journal To set up the text style display follow these steps 1 Move your cursor to the submenu or application that you want placed in the Favorites menu 2 Press F10 You can press F2 to verify your selection was added to your Favorites menu To remove an application 1 Press F2 to display the Favorites menu 2 Move your cursor to the submenu or application you want removed 3 Press F10 Resource Manager User s Manual 1 37 Introduction Function Keys Used in the Text Menu Most keyboards have a set of function keys usually labeled with the letter F and a number Within the menu commands are assigned to these function keys You can use the commands to work with data entry screens Except for the Command Help Esc the Jump Tab commands and the Enter key you can use the Keyboard function to reassign any function key to any command Key Esc Command help F1 Function Help F2 Favorites Menu F3 Change Company F4 Access Code F4 twice Other Menu F5 Live Sample swap F6 Workstation Date F7
228. o update information about the field you are in Proceed OK PgDn Proceed to the next screen or save your entries Start Over PgUp Move back to the first field on the screen or to the first field after the key field without erasing the entries or changes you made Field Up Up Move the cursor to the previous field Field Down Down Move the cursor to the next field Abandon F5 Move the cursor back to the first field on the screen Any entries or changes you made are erased Delete F3 Delete the information on the screen Since this command can delete an entire record use it with caution Jump Ctrl J Move the cursor to the next block of data on the screen or to the next field that requires an entry Exit F7 Exit from a screen or a window and disregard everything you entered Resource Manager User s Manual 1 25 OSAS Graphical Introduction 1 26 Edit Menu fore Ed pada e Hm y a FA mr Panta Sb 18 Unis CiT Selection Key Copy Shift F9 Paste Shift F10 Undo Ctrl Z Modes Menu Dorsa Edi Hee Ghe let 7 E rd ra w Bali Dick Mura Paba Operations Copy the contents of the current field Paste the value you copied from a previous field into the current field Restore the contents of the current field from before you made changes to it Check the options you want to use Selection Key Verify Exit Bell Quick Verify P2Down Operations If veri
229. oe rad Oanes rikusa Cl Cod 8 rit ade or Y Mido de Can ud kia a mre Jera rinn nani manra Carr be acral Pu Tara place acount on held char rat ore Command Bar Definitions Command Definition Type Enter P to send a private reminder to a specified user ID Enter G to send a global reminder message to all users To Enter the terminal ID of the recipient of the reminder From Enter your user ID Subject Enter the subject of the reminder Reminder Lines Enter up to ten lines of text for this reminder When you are finished use the Proceed OK command to send the reminder Saving and Exiting When you finish looking at reminders use the Exit F7 command to return to the Ap plication Setup menu Resource Manager User s Manual 4 33 Data File Maintenance Backup Restore Application Tables Change File Size View File Contents File Rebuild Verify Purge Data Records Change Fields Resource Manager User s Manual 5 3 5 7 5 11 5 15 5 19 5 23 5 25 5 29 Backup Features Use the Backup function on the Data File Maintenance menu to back up your data files before using critical functions and to make regular backup or archived copies of your data program graphical resource system and data dictionary files Reports No report is associated with this function Screen Use Screen Description Backup Use the Backup screen to make your backup selections Resource Manager User s Manual 5 3 B
230. of the device driver file DMA If you selected doscon as the device type check the box or enter Y in text mode for a terminal that supports direct memory addressing DMA or uncheck the box or enter N in text mode for a terminal that does not support it Mode If you selected doscon as the device type refer to the terminal manual to find out which modes it supports If you want to change the mode of your terminal when you start OSAS enter the mode number Keystart If your terminal has function keys that are described such that the termcap KO entry is really function key 10 check the box or enter Y in text mode if it does not uncheck the box or enter N in text mode Keywait Enter the number of seconds the terminal should wait before processing a group of characters Initialization Enter an operating system command that the system will execute before using the terminal Termination Enter an operating system command to reset the terminal when the job is finished Command Bar Definitions Command Description Enter edit Move the prompt to the line you want to edit and press Enter Header Press H to enter a new system device name Resource Manager User s Manual 2 21 Devices Workstation Configuration Command Description Done Press D to return to the Devices screen when you are finished making changes 2 22 Resource Manager User s Manual Workstation Configuration Devices Devices Plotters
231. ofit Resource Manager User s Manual References Predefined Functions Sub 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 Type Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Resource Manager User s Manual Description 5 Customer Rep 5 Customer Territory 6 Customer Name 6 Customer Profit 6 Customer Rep 6 Customer Territory 7 Customer Name 7 Customer Profit 7 Customer Rep 7 Customer Territory 8 Customer Name 8 Customer Profit 8 Customer Rep 8 Customer Territory 9 Customer Name 9 Customer Profit 9 Customer Rep 9 Customer Territory 10 Customer Name 10 Customer Profit 10 Customer Rep 10 Customer Territory G 21 Predefined Functions References G 22 ARCTOPSY AR Top 10 Customers YTD Sales Totals The ARCTOPSY function returns the customers that provided the most sales for the year to date in descending order the amount from the sales the customer representative and the territory associated with the customer Setup types Company ID Sub 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Type Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Nume
232. om your printer control panel 2 Press the item button until the FORM LINES choice is displayed The must be 60 There are many discrepancies in the way different laser printers print Some print higher or lower than others as well as left to right Open Systems has two HP4si LaserJets and we have found discrepancies in the way they print This difference left and right is usually slightly less than one character and can only be resolved by programming code to shift one full character at a time Similarly the difference up and down is usually slightly less than one line and can only be resolved by programming code to shift one full line at a time However you may be able to send printer commands through the config bbx file to properly align characters and lines Always print one form at a time until you get the alignment you like Resource Manager User s Manual D 1 Laser Alignment Notes References D 2 Making these changes will affect all OSAS forms to that particular alias Make a copy of the config bbx file in progRM before making any changes Left to Right Issues Using sysprint in OSAS for Windows If you are printing to a sysprint device you can place a decimal in the printer s Left Margin field on the alias line to shift print to the left or right For example your Left Margin setting is 260 To move to the right increase the number 285 To move to the left decrease the number 235 A 1 4 characte
233. ommand Bar Definitions Command Description Tab tag Press Tab to switch to the Files section of the screen Enter Edit Press Enter to edit the current line Append Press to append another value to change to the list Resource Manager User s Manual Data File Maintenance Change Fields Command Description Begin code change Press B to begin the change field process Header Press H to return to the header section to change the selection you made for printing the log Goto Press G to go to a particular entry Field ID Press F to choose a new field ID this will abandon any field changes you have entered but not yet made Continue entering old values and new values until you have specified all ofthe values you want to change If you want to change the files that will be changed you can use the Tab command to jump to that section If you are satisfied with your selections press B to begin the change process Field Definitions Files Field Name Description File Description The files that contain the Field ID you selected appear Time This field gives you an idea of the relative time it will take to change the field in a given file Files where this code or ID are a part of the key to the file can be changed more quickly than files where each record in the file must be scanned for the code or ID Each file is rated as Short or Long to denote the estimated time required to change the field Tag This field denotes whether t
234. ommands backup and restore commands for your system Resource Manager User s Manual 6 45 Backup Restore Commands System File Maintenance Backup Restore Commands Screen Mac kun Aestsie Commas MA E Diei Edi Modos Jie Hire Pa be o 734 r J AN Ebel Dargai DS l ge ge ELF h fa Mod gt Flopep Paris Conrad ARES TT AES ONG op kai each i Papa Rachie Dorm ELIT THT Hit moe Heike Cord REN FAT fics Corsa OS Tera TD DAT Field Definitions Field Name Description Floppy Backup Enter a floppy backup command or accept the displayed Command command You can include these variable values in the command dir the path where the files are stored select the file name criteria that matches the application and company you requested flop the path for the backup media The variables are replaced by the run time values automatically when the commands are executed 6 46 Resource Manager User s Manual System File Maintenance Backup Restore Commands Field Name Floppy Restore Command Tape Backup Command Tape Restore Command Description Enter a floppy restore command or accept the displayed command You can include these variable values in the command dir the path where the files are stored select the file name criteria that matches the application and company you requested flop the path for the backup media The variables are replaced by
235. op of the display area To repeat the last calculation using the same operator and number press the same operator key again You can repeat this operation indefinitely Execute an Operating System Command You can execute an operating system command from any field in OPEN SYSTEMS Accounting Software Follow these steps to execute an operating system command 1 Select Execute an Operating System Command from the Other Commands menu Enter the command you want to execute Use the Proceed OK command to execute the operating system command If the operating system command works properly the message Press F7 to exit appears Resource Manager User s Manual E 5 Other Commands References If the system issues a return value error message see the operating system manual for information If an error message appears you may have to exit from OSAS before you can execute any more operating system commands 4 Use the Exit F7 command to return to the field from which you activated the Other Commands menu CALL a BBx Program From any field you can call any BB program that does not require variables to be passed to it Follow these steps to call aBBx program 1 Select Call a BBx Program from the Other Commands menu 2 Enter the program you want to call 3 Enter the parameter if any for the program 4 Use the Proceed OK command to start the program 5 Press Enter to return to the field where you accessed Other
236. optionally writes data to application on side Blank No interface 1 To utilize kitting feature SO is required 2 EIS has no predefined functions for this application 1 2 Resource Manager User s Manual A Abandon function key 1 25 1 40 pull down menu command 1 25 verification button 1 24 About OSAS pull down menu command 1 28 Access Code function key 1 16 1 38 tool button 1 18 access code entering in graphical menus 1 18 entering in text menus 1 38 Access Codes function 3 19 8 41 screen 3 19 access codes parameter 1 11 using in Print Manager C 2 Active Print Queue Control function 9 7 Add Remove Favorites function key 1 17 1 39 Alias Inventory Lookup function key 1 30 1 44 1 45 pull down menu command 1 30 Application Information function 6 3 function key 1 17 1 39 screen 6 4 tool button 1 21 Application Information List function 11 11 screen 11 12 Application Setup function key 1 17 1 38 Resource Manager User s Manual Index Application setup 1 22 Application Tables function 5 11 screen 5 12 Applications Options Inquiry E 8 Archive Print Queue Control function 9 13 B Backup function 5 3 screen 5 4 Backup Restore Commands function 6 45 screen 6 46 Backup Restore Commands List function 11 7 sample 11 9 screen 11 8 base applications defined 1 3 bell turning on or off 1 39 1 41 Bell mode function key 1 41 pull down menu command 1 26 buildin
237. or GLJRxxx file for each From Thru range given It would then keep a running total in the array TOT VALUES Resource Manager User s Manual H 3 Building Functions References H 4 Each element in the array can contain different types of totals BUDGETED ACTUAL and so forth When the From Thru range has been completed this section ends and returns to the area of code that gets another From Thru range Lines 4000 4199 This area is used to write each calculated value received from lines 2000 3999 to the EIVAL file Each value is placed in the array TOT VALUES during calculation Do not modify this area Lines 4200 4599 This area is used to return error codes to the EIVAL file when a problem occurs in the function Do not modify this area Line 5000 5199 This area is called by lines 1000 1399 to read a setup record of type 1 company IDs and add the ID to the variable CO It continues adding IDs to CO as long as it finds a valid type 1 setup record Do not modify this area Line 5200 5399 This area reads a setup record for a particular type The type is specified by the variable TYPE The last valid record found for this type is stored in the variable SEQ ITYPE This variable is needed to allow the next setup record read to point to the correct starting location for this type After a setup record is read the From and Thru values are placed in the variables FR TYPE and TH TYPE respectively If no more setup record
238. or file copies accounting copies and so on Form codes can also be matched to specific printers using the Form Printers function see page 5 53 Reports No report is associated with this function Screen Use Screen Description Form Codes Use the Form Codes screen to set up form types and to specify the number of copies to print along with the names that you want to appear on the copies Resource Manager User s Manual 6 49 Form Codes System File Maintenance Form Codes Screen 6 50 Field Definitions Field Name Company ID Form Type Form Name Number of Copies Copy Number Description Enter the ID of the company for which you want to set up the form Note You must set up a form type that is not company specific before you can set up a company specific form type Enter the form type you want to set up or change Enter the name for the form Enter the number of copies you want to print of the form The copy number is displayed The number of lines displayed corresponds to the number you entered in the Number of Copies field Resource Manager User s Manual System File Maintenance Form Codes Field Name Copy Name Prompt to Mount Forms Do you want to print alignment mark before printing Description For each copy number enter the copy name you want to print on the corresponding form copy If you want the system to prompt you to load forms into the printer for each copy
239. orites together into a submenu Reports No report is associated with this function Screen Use Screen Description Favorites The Favorites screen allows you to modify your Favorites menu Resource Manager User s Manual 6 15 Favorites Menus System File Maintenance Favorites Screen F avmar Menu L Iz Erarmar d Le Bein Othe Hen m x m he ma Te EK maen Itata Ud la TT Ti J J Sia yes Dir pes len u j ee ie Company DE 00 laman T RR DYR Field Definitions Field Name Description Workstation Enter the Workstation ID for which the Favorites menu you want to work with is defined Menu Enter the name of the menu you want to change Title Enter the title of the menu Line The number of the line on the menu Description Enter the description you want on the menu It can be the name of another menu a function or a descriptive line 6 16 Resource Manager User s Manual System File Maintenance Favorites Menus Field Name Type Program Param Description Enter one of these codes to indicate what type of line it is comment descriptive information only menu file uses another menu file when selected menu record uses another menu from the current file run executes an application program call executes a public program scall executes an operating system command info executes a public program directly EIS displays an EIS dashboard
240. ormation window that you can access if the Info flag appears at the bottom of the screen Each window contains a category of information about the field you are in 1 40 Resource Manager User s Manual Introduction OSAS Text Key PgUp Start over PgDn Proceed Tab Jump Enter or Down Up Ctrl V Verification on off Ctrl G Bell on off Ctrl F Quick on off Ctrl O Show function keys Resource Manager User s Manual Operation Move the cursor back to the first field on the screen or to the first field after the key field without erasing entries you made Approve the data on the screen change the file accordingly and proceed to the next spot field or screen Move the cursor to the next block of data on the screen or to the next field that requires an entry Move the cursor to the next field and accept the data entered Move the cursor up or back one field If you changed the information in the field you were in before you used this command the change is lost when you move the cursor up If verification is turned on you must press a key twice to verify that you want to perform that operation If the bell is turned on it sounds at an error or when you must verify a command To turn off the bell use this command or the Defaults function on the Workstation Configuration menu To turn the bell back on use this command again If this option is turned off the cursor stops at every field possib
241. ory 6 Customer Name 6 Customer Profit 6 Customer Rep 6 Customer Territory 7 Customer Name 7 Customer Profit 7 Customer Rep 7 Customer Territory 8 Customer Name 8 Customer Profit 8 Customer Rep 8 Customer Territory 9 Customer Name 9 Customer Profit 9 Customer Rep 9 Customer Territory 10 Customer Name 10 Customer Profit 10 Customer Rep 10 Customer Territory G 19 Predefined Functions References G 20 ARCTOPSP AR top 10 Customers PTD Sales Totals The ARCTOPSP function returns the customers that provided the most sales for the period to date in descending order the amount from the sales the customer representative and the territory associated with the customer Setup types Company ID Sub 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Type Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Description 1 Customer Name 1 Customer Profit 1 Customer Rep 1 Customer Territory 2 Customer Name 2 Customer Profit 2 Customer Rep 2 Customer Territory 3 Customer Name 3 Customer Profit 3 Customer Rep 3 Customer Territory 4 Customer Name 4 Customer Profit 4 Customer Rep 4 Customer Territory 5 Customer Name 5 Customer Pr
242. our Favorites menu saves time in moving between applications opening and closing submenus and application menus and allows easy access to your common applications By setting up your Favorites menu you can access your most used functions or submenus by pressing the F2 key or by selecting Favorites from the pull down menu Favorites Menu Start Style AF Tia rdacts ra OL Edit T ar eacharee H Trammisrr Journal To add a function to the Favorites menu from the main OSAS menus simply highlight the function you want to add on the menu and press the F10 function key to add it to Favorites To remove a function from the Favorites menu highlight the function on the Favorites menu and press the F10 function key to remove it from the menu You can also use the right click menu to add a function to Favorites or to remove a function from Favorites Graphical Function Commands Once you select an OSAS application function from the menu the function screen appears The way that you enter data on OSAS screens is consistent from function to function To move around the OSAS screens you use the function commands described below In OSAS commands are assigned to various keys on your keyboard as well as to certain tool buttons and pull down menu selections You can use these commands to work with data entry screens If a tool button or menu selection appears grayed out or muted the command is unavailable at this time Resource Manager U
243. ource Manager s Devices function Printing Laser Forms on Ink Jets Bubble Jets or Desk Jets These printers cannot interpret laser definitions There is no way to control how the forms print Either they print correctly or they do not Models labeled for Windows have better success but there is no way to control how forms print Test your situation before ordering laser forms Continuous Forms When you print forms less than 11 inches in length such as checks or invoices through sysprint we recommend you turn off alignment mark printing Printing the alignment mark requires opening and closing the printer which triggers a form feed through Windows causing forms to misalign To turn the alignment mark off use Resource Manager s Form Codes function D 4 Resource Manager User s Manual Other Commands Calculator Use the Calculator function to do basic math calculations If you use the graphical version of OSAS the Windows Calculator is used If you use the text version of OSAS follow the instructions below to use the OSAS calculator Text Version Calculator You can store and retrieve totals and tapes add comments to tapes and print tapes A common use is to calculate a total exit from the Calculator and enter the total into the field you started from Select Calculator from the Other Commands menu The function screen appears hamn f pmi Bak Hee Tap Frint Tapa Resource Manager User s Manual
244. ource Manager User s Manual 11 5 Master File Lists Menu List Menu List XVINY 66ddv Wddd JOY T40dV Oddd ISdd XULAV g fYdav V fYdav YSddv Y INIINHdV SHAdV NOSHASAY NOOIOSdV AaINdaY cQ co co co co m c c m m m m m m m m qrodey xeL s Tes suroq 6601 qrodey sts Teuy IOPUSA soueTeg etal peby Jaodey MOTA use J10d34 SOTOAUT u do SUOTJOPSUPIIL 1504 qodey Xel seres Tteg TeuanoP sarq q SNOSUETTSOSTN Teumof seseyoma sot yug burammosy Adop SUOTJOPSUEIL Azoqsty Areuums AxojstH TEFA SSOTOAUT SSOTOAUT pue SJOPUSA ANOS CN co n iO OHANNA O 310day Jo puq zejouezeg nu mw ue Ibord z bea uoradr3os q ISTT nue Arddng szepting Jebeuey o1nos su ez pa etqedeg saunoooy EZ pa aTqe eg saunooov zejouezeg nusy ueIbord 242 Atddng szepttng H Aueduoo T abeq d r uor3adraos q 3811 nusw Arddng szepting s310d9y JueuebeueN 0dv yzom TTea 0dV Karnbur uorqeudojur TOdV STITL qI WY 97 6 T007 60 90 nue UTEN NIWA STITL qI WY 97 6 T007 60 90 Resource Manager User s Manual 11 6 Backup Restore Commands List Features The Backup Restore Commands List shows the commands that are used to back up and restore the data and program files on your system Reports A sample Backup Restore Commands List is on page 11 9 Screen Use Screen Description Backup Restore Use the Backup Restore Commands List screen to select the Commands List
245. ource Manager User s Manual 7 7 Cash Requirements Forecast EIS Dashboards Cash Requirements Forecast Dashboard NE al E Carrara Hades ha Oen ber TE Wm mh sores La Had Tint m Dept TH EE Berrea Coch kanam KJEDE Pad es Tuer W Pmeieii ee Lire HH Crs Cadh 8 rap KE TE Eat be open Cael bima Cie ufo Ha las Tadi 12S 755 BEL IK 139 05 12 PETZ 28 tb mehr AAN ER IN 17 000 na EL DT Wee Eis VATER Ab FFI MI LER oo TAI Fer dir FESTER a da m Wid MAN BG BE 16 24 a Bai vere UME TENE 71 lid KATE 2h Was T irg BUTIK ER 20 711121 m mMM Fuurer 00 wi m Poric inig D adi Naise 534 ASLEZ Compre HODE Tem TODE TT Command Bar Definitions To activate the commands on the dashboard screen in graphical mode right click on any field and select the appropriate command from the menu that appears To activate the command on the dashboard screen in text mode press the letter key associated with the command Command Description Update Select Update or press U in text mode to update the information in the fields when used on a network Recalc Select Recalc or press R in text mode to recalculate a field so that you have the latest information Global Select Global or press G in text mode to recalculate all the fields on the screen for the latest information 7 8 Resource Manager User s Manual EIS Dashboards Cash Requirements Forecast Command Setup Field View Edit Load History Saving a
246. pace between the parameter mark t c or a and the parameter itself In Windows you can click on the shortcut s properties and in the Target field enter your access code and your company ID For example using selena as your access code and H as your company ID enter C osas progR MVosastm exe m4096 tT00 nT00 aselena cH In the Windows icon properties the parameter marks m t or n can be entered in any combination but must be before the separation dash The access code and company ID commands a and c must be entered after the separation dash GUI Text Command Conventions When you see the phrase use the Proceed OK command in the user s manuals you can press the PgDn key in either text or graphical mode In graphical mode clicking the OK button has the same effect as pressing the PgDn key Resource Manager User s Manual 1 11 Conventions Introduction Menu Conventions When you start OSAS the Main menu which presents the applications you can use appears If you are using the Resource Manager for UNIX or Linux the Text menu appears If you are using the Resource Manager for Windows you can choose between the Text menu the Graphical menu or the Start style menu In Windows use the Workstation Configuration Defaults function see page 2 27 to select the style of menu you want displayed by default or you can press Shift F5 to toggle between the menu styles from any menu You can use any of the
247. press Enter to accept the field number that s displayed Enter the starting position of the data within the field or press Enter to accept the starting position that s displayed Enter the length of the field or press Enter to accept the length that s displayed Enter the row column where you want the field to be positioned Enter the name of the cross reference file whose data you want to access If the file is company specific put lowercase xxx after the name of the file 6 29 Global Inquiry Definitions System File Maintenance 6 30 Field Name Field Start Length Flds Table Key Test Description Enter the position of the field in the record of the specified file For alphanumeric fields enter the first character position in the field that you want to be displayed For other field types leave this field blank For alphanumeric fields enter the length of the data For numeric fields enter the number of digits to the left of the decimal place that you want to be displayed For other field types leave this field blank Accept the displayed value or enter the number of fields in the cross reference file If the field refers to a table for the appropriate value enter the coordinate of the record in the table you want to access if it does not leave it blank For a self join field enter an expression for the value needed to access the correct key For self join fields the number is al
248. print job is finished Enter the number of seconds the system will wait for a device to become available before displaying an error message Devices Workstation Configuration Command Description Top Margin Enter the amount of offset you want for the top margin For sysprint devices the size is displayed in decimals If you change the default setting the new setting overrides the Windows default Printer On Enter the codes that initialize the printer before a print job Printer Off Enter the codes that reset the printer when the print job is finished Print File If you entered the system device name FILE you must enter the name of the default file for output to the disk Command Bar Definitions Command Description Done Press D to return to the Devices screen when you are finished making changes Enter edit Move the prompt to the line you want to edit and press Enter Header Press H to enter a new system device name Sysprint Defaults When you install Resource Manager in aWindows environment several default sysprint devices are created Device Default Settings Windows Default Printer Lines Per Page 63 Standard Cols 80 Compress Cols Laser LPL 132 Top Margin 5 Left Margin blank Font blank Setup blank Dialog blank Print Dialog Laser PDL Lines Per Page 63 Standard Cols 80 Compress Cols 132 Top Margin 5 Left Margin blank Font blank Setup blank Di
249. ption Inquiry Window Use the Inquiry Window Definitions screen to maintain Definitions inquiry windows Resource Manager User s Manual 6 19 Inquiry Window Definitions System File Maintenance Inquiry Window Definitions Screen Kummaran dd Huden Di Hal An tA mA T ot Abenden E 13 Wirde D L er i Fr Han m Fin Arie i rana p re Bere Cd Fa Ad agiis To Uw iqu ra FH Be im Cta IEO 1 Cada 1 i oa om 3 TES ET 2 Hmirigmaw i om om i an Gu im r n ce E T fami T 8 4 10 ti Coins jan DPR s S at Teal TODO Toi Field Definitions Field Name Description Application Enter the ID of the application whose windows you want to change Window ID Enter the ID of the window you want to add or change The data on file for the window appears Copy From This field appears if you entered a new window ID Enter the ID of the window you want to copy Topic Number Press Enter to skip this field or enter the topic number of the data file on which this inquiry window is based File Name Enter the name of the data file to be displayed in the window File Number Enter the channel index number on which the file will be opened by the functions 6 20 Resource Manager User s Manual System File Maintenance Inquiry Window Definitions Field Name Title Key Number Start Col Start Row Total Col Total Row Inc Beg Len Exc Beg Len Return No Data Name
250. ption Then enter the number of the option to which you want to move This command is available only if there is more than one page of options for the application Write Press W to save the values you selected and exit to the Options and Interfaces screen 3 18 Resource Manager User s Manual Access Codes Features Use the Access codes function on the Company Setup menu to protect your data files from unauthorized access Reports No report is associated with this function Access Codes Screen FXT Mam EE T p oo O Care irre Deber jueza TE idea Tia E Cometas H G21 Te TODD NM Resource Manager User s Manual 3 19 Access Codes Company Setup Field Definitions Field Name Inquiry Access Name Copy From Company wo ID Inquiry Copy From Access Name Access Code Inquiry Application Inquiry Menu ID Title Description Enter an access name To copy access rights from another company s access code enter the ID of that company Enter the access name you want to copy Enter an access code To create a blank access code press Enter Enter the ID of the application to which you want to assign rights or press Enter to assign rights to the Main menu Enter the ID of the menu to which you want to assign access rights The description of the menu ID you chose is displayed Command Bar Definitions Command Enter toggle All None Write Saving and Ex
251. r Name 10 Customer Profit 10 Customer Rep 10 Customer Territory G 23 Predefined Functions References ARCUTOT AR Customer File Totals The ARCUTOT function returns the number of customers you have on file and the number of customers on credit hold Setup types Company ID Sub Type Description 1 Numeric Customer Count 2 Numeric Customers on Hold Count ARHIDAY AR Detail History File Daily Totals The ARHIDAY function returns the amount you received for a particular day from invoices credit memos payments finance charges sales tax freight and miscellaneous charges Setup types Company ID Sub Type Description 1 Numeric Invoices Total 2 Numeric Credit Memos Total 3 Numeric Payments Total 4 Numeric Finance Charges Total 5 Numeric Sales Tax Total 6 Numeric Freight Charges Total 7 Numeric Miscellaneous Total G 24 Resource Manager User s Manual References Predefined Functions ARHIPTD AR Detail History File PTD Totals The ARHIPTD function returns the amount you received for the period to date from invoices credit memos payments finance charges sales tax freight and miscellaneous charges Setup types Company ID Sub Type 1 Numeric 2 Numeric 3 Numeric 4 Numeric 5 Numeric 6 Numeric 7 Numeric Description Invoices Total Credit Memos Total Payments Total Finance Charges Total Sales Tax Total Freight Charges Total Miscellaneous Total ARHIYTD AR Detail Hi
252. r Saving and Exiting Use the Proceed OK command to save your entries and return to the Setup screen 8 34 Resource Manager User s Manual Functions Features Use the Functions function on the EIS File Maintenance menu to modify the definition of functions that retrieve and calculate information you eventually want to assign to a field You can also use this function to modify the setup types description length and type associated with each function ID Reports To produce a list of the information entered on the Functions screen use the Functions List function on the EIS Master File Lists menu Screen Use Screen Description Functions Use the Functions screen to modify the definition of EIS functions Resource Manager User s Manual 8 35 Functions Executive Information Summary Functions Screen Funtlioas a El Zrrmard Koi Jie Golan Hun AK uta ma v Jason fume fan Bima AAA Type Dauer pic farm Fister prados Cari ara era Cui Fen Dia arki mrd Feld Ol IG at Ei hi DE Tam ED EVE Field Definitions Field Name Description Function ID Enter the ID of the function you want to add view or edit Copy From This field appears if you enter a new function ID Enter the function ID from which you want to copy the definition Description Use the description that is displayed or enter a different description for the function Type Description The type and description of eac
253. r For example if you have 100 000 of product in inventory the number 6 means that you sold 600 000 of product during the year Debt to equity ratio is a measure of your business s basic financial strength It is expressed as the amount of liabilities divided by the amount of equity Debt to asset ratio is expressed as the amount you owe divided by the amount of assets your business employs Return on equity is expressed as net income divided by net worth Return on assets ROA is the return on assets employed It is expressed as the profit minus the amount invested in assets Return on investment ROI is the return on the investment you have in your company It is expressed as the profit minus the amount invested in assets and equity F 2 Resource Manager User s Manual Predefined Functions Executive Information Summary has many functions built into the system for your use This appendix documents the predefined functions To generate your own function list use the Functions List function on the Master File Lists menu Conventions The following convention is used to list a function FUNCNAME Function Name The FUNCNAME function returns particular values Setup types Description A length n type m Description B length n type m Sub Type Description 1 Numeric Description of the returned value 2 Alphanumeric Description of the returned value A Sub numbers an item that a function returns some functions retur
254. r a particular application Use this function to search across your data You can select from the installed applications which data to search in Allows you to search for information on employees customers and vendors Displays the OSAS Support Information Allows the user to leave messages within the system Displays the EIS Dashboard Displays the EIS Dashboard history A reminders feature that allows you to create and read dated reminders within OSAS 1 27 OSAS Graphical Introduction Help Menu Gerard t podes ler Helt ij baa 0545 fro 2A mE E Heip Hak FL Orks ler eth 1h Selection Key Operations About OSAS Displays the information about your OSAS installation Command Help Displays the OSAS Key Help screen Help F1 Get information about the field you are working on Online Doc Shift F1 Opens your PDF file viewer to display the documentation for your particular application Information Menu are Het Cieee hornet am Contes Lead antena Harta hen ink The Information menu appears on some function screens in certain applications The functions on the menu are determined by the applications installed 1 28 Resource Manager User s Manual Introduction OSAS Graphical Scroll Commands Menu al auch Hals Faji Line Hai Farris Fire Paila Peeves allen Ft Loree euere Rie Paga FE Lar Lines Ends ram ras Latte Fi dig ratt The Scroll commands menu appears only
255. r press F in text mode to change the definition of the field Select View or press V in text mode to view information about how the highlighted field was calculated and what values it was designed to produce Select Edit or press E in text mode to reconfigure the EIS Dashboard you are using Select Load or press L in text mode to load a different EIS Dashboard Select History or press H in text mode to display the EIS Dashboard using saved field history from a different date Use the Exit F7 command to return to the EIS Dashboard menu Resource Manager User s Manual 7 25 Top 10 Items Function The Top 10 Items dashboard provides a list of the top 10 items ranked by year to date sales dollars Reports No report is associated with this function Screen Use Screen Description Top 10 Items Dashboard An EIS Dashboard is a screen that displays several fields and associated values Resource Manager User s Manual 7 27 Top 10 Items EIS Dashboards Top 10 Items Dashboard res Heke De Brenn Her Sr Ma ma Te r jim j bwe Teig STO Gas ID ic Pat ope mm m Pain Package IEA 1 A Seel upper SME i 108 Ferske al Pan kawa SA zE m E utasa Paral Zu E m Into bl shored IR r Tas Palmar a EB As a s H st Parkas HSE BT TM 5 sh E H ad WA SGB EP ur Endep Uses SL Fe A Tesamal TC TT Command Bar Definitions To activate the commands on the dashboard screen in graphical mode right clic
256. r shift would be approximately 025 added to or subtracted from 260 Direct Printing in OSAS for Windows Linux or UNIX Moving text to the left You cannot move text to the left Moving text to the right If your forms are aligned too far to the left you must add the following configuration values in the config bbx file for the printer alias you are using These values let you shift to the right in 1 720 inch increments Follow these steps 1 Select DEVICES from the Workstation Configuration menu in Resource Manager 2 Edit the appropriate alias line and add 1B266C 323255 at the end of the Standard or Compressed Print field Resource Manager User s Manual References Laser Alignment Notes The number 3232 is the hex code for 22 which moves everything to the right 22 720 of an inch If you need to move to the right more change the second and last numbers in 3232 because the three s are always constant For example if you want to move text farther to the right you could try 25 The hex code would change to 3235 In hex each number is represented by 3 and then the number so 2 32 and 5 35 Up and Down Issues Using sysprint in OSAS for Windows If you are printing to a sysprint device you can place a decimal in the printer s Top Margin field on the alias line to shift print For example your Top Margin setting is 5 To move down increase the number 54 To move up decrease the number 46 A 1 4 chara
257. r system Try the function again when no one else is using the file Unable to open file Unable to open file in use The file you are trying to use is locked at another terminal on your system or the file is corrupted Wait a few minutes and try again If the condition persists get help from a support technician Resource Manager User s Manual A 17 System Messages References Unable to print to device The system cannot access the device you are trying to print to Make sure that the device is online then try again Unmatched Parenthesis Found in Formula Every left parenthesis must have a right parenthesis and vice versa Unmatched Quotation Marks Found in Formula You must have an even number of quotation marks in a formula Version number must be equal to or greater than installed application You cannot install an earlier version of an application over a more recent version Version number too large The version number you entered is too large Check the version number and try again Warning invalid date entered The date you entered is not valid The month you entered does not end with the day specified Warning Setup Type type Not Used When you establish a setup ID you usually want to use all the available setup types If you do not this message appears You can bypass the message but be careful if you do Some functions do not work properly or produce the correct information if setup types are missing In
258. r the menus for any application that is installed for the company you selected at the menu You can change the order of the selections on the menu add descriptive information to a menu or add other BB compatible programs to a menu Reports To produce a list of the information entered on the Menus screen use the Menu List function Screen Use Screen Description Menus Use the Menus screen to add or change an application s menu Resource Manager User s Manual 6 11 Menus System File Maintenance Menus Screen Field Definitions Field Name Mena Title Line Description Type 6 12 Description Enter the ID of the application whose menus you want to change leave the field blank to edit a company s Main menu or enter OS to change the Other Commands menu which is displayed when you use the Other F4 command Enter the name of the menu you want to change Enter the title for the menu The number of the line on the menu item is displayed Enter the description you want on the menu It can be the name of another menu a function or a descriptive line Enter one of these codes to indicate what type of line it is Resource Manager User s Manual System File Maintenance Menus Program Param comment descriptive information only menu file uses another menu file when selected menu record uses another menu from the current file run executes an application program call execu
259. rce Manager User s Manual Inquiry Window Definitions List Master File Lists List INItIONS Inquiry Window Def ST a ST ST PTSTA peu ngag x IV SOIOANT ON HOIOANI qI ONJA ON NWAL PTSTA POUM WEN STTA UOTSISA uoTJEOTTddy PTSTA peuInIeY 4 NOLLdIWOSSGQ ANVE GI ANVE PTSTA POUM osad IOW TD ON LOOW TD PTSTA peumnqey UOTIdTI0S8 poo UOTMATIISTA PTSTA psumaag x UOTI TIOSSA apo LON ION ION SION SION SION 310day Jo puq 9181 2SO0TOAUT JOPUSA ON UEIL sburpe H uumToo AatnbuIl UOTJORSUBAL S9TITL MOPUTM 02 0 xHldv OG 0 TMTLGHdV AUN STLA UOTSISA ddy sburpesy umTo TTJ JTISA UOTSJSAUO T3TL MOPUTM e 0 LANOSO 0 0 LAND GY uotqdrioseq yueg dI yueg sburpe H uumToo Aatnbul qunoooy yueg 9TITL MOPUTM PL ET 0 Na LT 0 TMYNVHdV uoTjdtzoseq qunosoy 19 shurpesy unto atnbuy aebper Tezeue STITL MOPUTM OT OG 0 XWWI Z 0 ZMISIVAY uoTadt19saq po9 sburpesy uumToo Sapo UOTINATAISTA T3TL MOPUTM S Ot 0 xadav 0 0 TMICIVAY uoTadt1osaq po9 sburpesy uumToo Sapo UOTINQTIISTA T3TL MOPUTM S st 0 xadav 0 0 TMIVIVAY T sauen PIET bed SuT2noy PPT 0 0 0 0 OT SP 0 0 0 0 ST Og 0 0 0 0 6 br 0 0 T Ti sr 0 0 oT I OT 8E 0 0 oT I OT 8 ua utbeg UNT utbag Moy TOO UOTSNTOXY UOTSNTOUT 3215 IST suotitutyeq moputm Aztnbut Arddng sasptrng MOY OD ON SUeN ON ON Buraaeas oy oTTA TA ordo GI MOPUTM
260. rchived and to access information from those print jobs Reports No report is associated with this function Screen Use Screen Description Active Report Control Use the Active Report Control screen to view maintain and print active print jobs Print Control Use the Print Control screen to enter the number of copies and type of form you want to use to print a report Search for Text Use the Search for Text screen to enter a string you want the system to find in the job you have selected Resource Manager User s Manual 9 13 Archive Report Control Print Manager Archive Report Control Screen Actas N pal Command 9 14 Command Bar Definitions Command Enter tag Edit Toggle menu file teXt search View file Description Press Enter to toggle a selected file as tagged checked or untagged unchecked You can print a group of tagged files at one time using the Print Batch command Press E to edit the report description and class for the selected file Press T to toggle the description field to display either the file description or the file path and name Press X to search for text in a report see Search for Text Screen below for instructions Press V to display the path and file name for the selected file Resource Manager User s Manual Print Manager Archive Report Control Command Sort Print print Batch Goto Description Press to select the order in which you want
261. rd that was saved in history No report is associated with this function Resource Manager User s Manual 8 3 EIS Dashboard Executive Information Summary Screen Use Screen Description EIS Dashboard An EIS Dashboard is a screen that displays several fields and associated values For a description of the predefined EIS Dashboards see chapter 7 EIS Dashboard Screen Generic Field Definitions You can customize the EIS Dashboard producing many combinations of screen layouts 8 4 Resource Manager User s Manual Executive Information Summary EIS Dashboard Command Bar Definitions To activate the commands on the dashboard screen in graphical mode right click on any field and select the appropriate command from the menu that appears To activate the command on the dashboard screen in text mode press the letter key associated with the command Command Description Update Select Update or press U in text mode to update the information in the fields when used on a network Recalc Select Recalc or press R in text mode to recalculate a field so that you have the latest information Global Select Global or press G in text mode to recalculate all the fields on the screen for the latest information Setup Select Setup or press S in text mode to display information within a range Field Select Field or press F in text mode to change the definition of the field View Select View or press V in text mod
262. reen 6 56 Resource Manager User s Manual Support Information Features Use the Support Information function on the System File Maintenance menu to enter the information that appears on the Other Commands Support Information screen You can also access this function by pressing Shift F3 when a Basic Error window appears Reports No report is associated with this function Screen Use Screen Description Support Information Use the Support Information screen to enter information about your dealer site number and phone numbers for technical support Resource Manager User s Manual 6 57 Support Information System File Maintenance Support Information Screen 6 58 pps bed ia pusia ra Field Definitions Field Name Dealer Name Dealer Contact Dealer Phone Number Fax No Email Web Site Dealer Site Number Note 1 Note 2 Customer Site Number Open Systems Technical Support ER Lop a Compary IO Tera TIO IM Description Enter your dealer s company name Enter the name of your contact person at the dealer Enter your dealer s phone and fax numbers Then enter the dealers e mail and web site addresses Enter the dealer s site number You can enter two lines of notes Your site number from the Company Information screen is displayed Enter the United States or Canadian phone number you call for technical support Resource Manager User s Manual System File Maintenan
263. return to the Data File Maintenance menu Resource Manager User s Manual 5 17 View File Contents Features Use the View File Contents function on the Data File Maintenance menu to display information directly from a data file for a specified range of records The information is displayed or printed in a raw mode without regard for the specific information contained in the record Reports A sample of the report is on page 5 22 Screen Use Screen Description View File Contents Use the View File Contents screen to select the file you want to view Resource Manager User s Manual 5 19 View File Contents Data File Maintenance View File Contents Screen 5 20 Wore de De Keuwwandjh Ei ode es Lom be mn Fe Mae Cera Fla T pp Logai Es Sam Piria a ers Pur Epa Fis The Fue r Fapt ni Field Definitions Field Name Filename Description File Type Logical Key Size Number of records Bytes per record Active keys Key chain Br _ _ _ _ Tala karpan Bir jJ rei rispas bl EL 0000 arr T EZE CR Description Enter the name of the file whose contents you want to view The file description is displayed The file type is displayed The logical key size is displayed The number of records is displayed The number of bytes in each record is displayed The number of active keys is displayed Enter the index you want to use to view the data or enter 99
264. revious Page command function key 1 29 1 46 pull down menu command 1 29 scroll button 1 31 Print Manager defined 1 3 Printers screen 2 14 Resource Manager User s Manual printing screen contents 1 40 printing multiple copies C 3 printing print jobs C 3 PRO 5 Command tool button 1 21 Proceed function key 1 41 Proceed OK function key 1 25 pull down menu command 1 25 verification button 1 24 Proceed command 1 11 Product Suggestions E 7 Product Suggestions Report function 10 7 sample 10 10 screen 10 8 pull down menu functions commands 1 25 Edit 1 26 Help 1 28 Information 1 28 Inventory Lookup 1 30 Modes 1 26 Other 1 27 Scroll Commands 1 29 graphical functions 1 25 graphical menus 1 17 Favorites 1 20 File 1 18 Help 1 20 Modes 1 19 Other 1 20 Tools 1 19 Purge Dashboard History function 8 23 Purge Data Records function 5 25 Purge Transaction History function 9 25 Q Quick entry turning on or off 1 41 Quick mode function key 1 41 pull down menu command 1 26 R reminders Pop Up Calendar 1 27 report commands 1 45 Down Arrow 1 45 End 1 45 Exit 1 45 F7 1 45 Home 1 45 PgDn 1 45 PgUp 1 45 Right Arrow 1 45 Tab 1 45 Up Arrow 1 45 Reports Field Definitions List 8 53 Functions List 8 57 Screen Definitions List 8 49 Setup Definitions List 8 61 reports conventions 1 47 including all information 1 47 limiting information 1 47
265. ric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Description 1 Customer Name 1 Customer Profit 1 Customer Rep 1 Customer Territory 2 Customer Name 2 Customer Profit 2 Customer Rep 2 Customer Territory 3 Customer Name 3 Customer Profit 3 Customer Rep 3 Customer Territory 4 Customer Name 4 Customer Profit 4 Customer Rep 4 Customer Territory 5 Customer Name 5 Customer Profit Resource Manager User s Manual References Predefined Functions Sub 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 Type Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Resource Manager User s Manual Description 5 Customer Rep 5 Customer Territory 6 Customer Name 6 Customer Profit 6 Customer Rep 6 Customer Territory 7 Customer Name 7 Customer Profit 7 Customer Rep 7 Customer Territory 8 Customer Name 8 Customer Profit 8 Customer Rep 8 Customer Territory 9 Customer Name 9 Customer Profit 9 Customer Rep 9 Customer Territory 10 Custome
266. ric Alphanumeric Numeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Numeric Description 8 Item ID 8 Item Description 8 Item Sales 8 Item Quantity 9 Item ID 9 Item Description 9 Item Sales 9 Item Quantity 10 Item ID 10 Item Description 10 Item Sales 10 Item Quantity INVTOPPY Inventory Top 10 Items YTD Profit Totals The INVTOPPY function returns the 10 most profitable items from inventory for the year the ID and description the amount taken in from sales and the quantity sold Setup types Company ID Warehouse ID Item Number Sub Type Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Numeric Description 1 Item ID 1 Item Description 1 Item Sales 1 Item Quantity Resource Manager User s Manual References Predefined Functions Sub 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 Type Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Resource Manager User s Manual Description 2 Item ID 2 Item Description 2 Item Sales 2 Item Quantity 3 Item ID 3 Item Description 3 Item Sales 3 Item Quantity 4 Item ID 4 Item Description 4 Item Sa
267. rs or C to continue searching for more occurrences of the text string you entered Command Bar Definitions This window has no command bar Saving and Exiting When all occurrences of the text you entered have been found press Enter to return to the Archive Report Control screen 9 16 Resource Manager User s Manual Print Manager Archive Report Control Print Control Screen Commer ER jodas De Hun x BA A Page Prom Field Definitions Field Name Description Copies Enter the number of copies you want to print Page From Enter the first page number you want to print from the file Page Thru Enter the last page number you want to print from the file User Accept the user ID that s displayed or enter a different ID Class Accept the report class that s displayed or enter a different report class Command Bar Definitions This screen has no command bar Saving and Exiting If you print using a report class that is different from the last report class used by the printer you selected a message appears to warn you Select the output device to begin printing the report When the report is printed you can either retain the report or remove it from the Archive Report Control Enter R to retain the report or D to delete it Resource Manager User s Manual 9 17 Report Classes Features Report classes are used to group report files for easier reference For example you might assign report classes ba
268. rt is on page 8 14 Screen Use Screen Description EIS Dashboard History Use the EIS Dashboard History Report screen to select the Report screens dates and times you want to produce the report for Resource Manager User s Manual 8 11 Dashboard History Executive Information Summary EIS Dashboard History Report Screen Te TET Coman f Hada hm tjek Ery ame Field Definitions Field Name Dashboard ID Include Print 8 12 Let je or Aland O 8 aka Sega by ann T Gasphu alistar ua h F Maik Pur FE Fed 7 Feil Maras r End Erim d der br haci bg cee sa a Kutama H COR Tesal TC TT Description Enter the dashboard for which you want to print historical information Select the type of dashboard definition you want to include in the report You can include the fields in the graphical definition the fields in the text definition or the fields in both definitions Select the field descriptive information you want to include in the report You can include the field ID only the field description only or both the ID and description The more descriptive information you include the fewer historical columns you can print on the report Resource Manager User s Manual Executive Information Summary Dashboard History Field Name Description Enter n dates from Depending on the size of the fields on the dashboard and the history amount of descriptive informatio
269. rts A sample Error Log is on page 10 14 Screen Use Screen Description Error Log Use the Error Log screen to select the applications and errors you want to include in the log Resource Manager User s Manual 10 11 Error Log Reports Error Log Screen Field Definitions Field Name Description Application ID Enter the range of applications whose errors you want to include in the log Date Entered Enter the range of dates for which you want a list of errors produced Command Bar Definitions This screen has no command bar 10 12 Resource Manager User s Manual Reports Error Log Saving and Exiting Select the output device to begin printing the log After the log is produced the Reports menu appears Resource Manager User s Manual 10 13 Reports Error Log Error Log T bes t iOa MLS A HVA u BT STOOILNO 9 ENUNOw TELS Z CEO TELS NAT STOILNO INT O a en INTWd 0901 TIAS we borg 0901 SUTT Tp YORE OISVE TILA 18033UI prTeau Tp Wd 75 5 urL 1002 90 50 s3ea 0001 wa bo 10114 tddns s sptrng J10dsy jo puq BuUTISTI SUTT rebessop 10114 SueNn We1bozg JSQUAN 10314 UOTIEISYIOM uoTJeaTTddy NY EZ 6 1002 60 90 Resource Manager User s Manual 10 14 Global Inquiry Window Audit Report Features The Global Inquiry Window Audit Report produces a list of window link inconsistencies associated with the Global Inquiry Window def
270. s Due Total 10 Numeric 1099 Discount Total G 6 Resource Manager User s Manual References Predefined Functions Sub Type Description 11 Numeric Released Status Gross Due Total 12 Numeric Released Status Discount Total 13 Numeric Hold Status Gross Due Total 14 Numeric Hold Status Discount Total 15 Numeric Temporary Hold Gross Due Total 16 Numeric Temporary Hold Discount Total 17 Numeric Total Count APTRAN AP Transaction File Totals The APTRAN function returns unposted current transaction totals Setup types Company ID Sub Type Description 1 Numeric Invoices Total 2 Numeric Debit Memos Total Resource Manager User s Manual G 7 Predefined Functions References G 8 APVTOPP AP Top 10 Vendors PTD Purchases Totals The APVTOPP function returns the names of the vendors in descending order you purchased the most product from during the period to date The amounts paid include returns Setup types Company ID Sub 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Type Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Numeric Description 1 Vendor Name 1 Vendor Purchases 2 Vendor Name 2 Vendor Purchases 3 Vendor Name 3 Vendor Purchases 4 Vendor Name 4 Vendor Purchases 5 Vendor Name 5 Vendor Purchases 6 Vendor Name 6 Ven
271. s Screen FL AS TO TELE ee Group 1 Greup 2 Group 3 Group 4 Norkatstion Tool 1113 1111 1111 1111 Copy Froan 2222 2222 FERI 2222 FERE 2242 222 2222 Faust iona 3113 3333 3333 1313 3333 11233 3333 3333 444 4444 3344 4444 4444 4444 1444 9944 5555 GESE 555 5555 555 5555 555 5333 EGEE Ba 6668 6666 656 6666 TEGE Gade Tree TITT TITT THY TITT TTT Tit 7777 Gs Bade S558 6608 555 10655 BABE pou E utasa amp rap Egip 3 1111 1111 1111 1114 2232 fiz ZES gai 2222 2222 EEES 3222 3332 3333 2333 3313 3333 3333 2333 3943 4448 4944 4444 4464 14444 3444 4444 4444 Sees EEE S565 5555 3553 5555 S665 5555 6666 GASK 6564 6666 EEEE 60428 d 6666 TTT TT 7777 FA TITT 7 7TT 2777F FA penan 1006 BABE 339 psan ANAG SBR Good Field Definitions Field Name Description Workstation The workstation ID is displayed Copy From If you have a multiuser system you can copy color settings from one workstation to another with a similar monitor Enter the ID of the workstation you want to copy the color settings from Color Group For each screen type you can select the colors for the screen background a color group text border and title To select the screen type you want to change use the Jump Tab command until you get to the window or screen you want Then enter a color combination from one of the eight color groups on the left side of the screen 2 4 Resource Manager User s Manual Workstation Configuration
272. s and you do not have a File Descriptions Manual consult your value added reseller before you add or change a Global Inquiry window definition You can use the Global Inquiry Definitions and Application Tables functions to establish and update information about Global Inquiry window IDs A simple installation accomplishes the same tasks As a result when you use the Global Inquiry command the windows should be set up and logically connected to each other with convenient categories usually named after applications as options At that point you are ready to choose an option Select Global Inquiry from the Other Commands menu Then select an application A window appears ATTICL LTLANTTE T r ELBE JN FU E 2 COM LIMA TD 44 zl aT Du 196 74 LEIL DO 100 30 EICETADO ICAL FELY ee MYUTCTPRAL UTLEIE BT TRITT iohanni nine Di Frat T dr ii ration JOHAL Tommi kE Cory Jo BLAKE t LUGO LETNIE INE ALP LDHPILIDN a0 og miisol midlere GAS Edici n a0 fart iiini ia MIHJGL NERUERFILLE METER RRR TENT 196 30 I2 56 00 501 04 FISCH PLASTICA 4 METAL TARPICANORE LEIE LE Epo 19208 15 dti d LEragro ink f 164361 492 LEriT 0 T ELI Ed ramos reee damas me ia Tram ca ax ba gt ET _ Maal TUDO om Resource Manager User s Manual E 9 Other Commands References E 10 On the example screen above the user selected Accounts Payable from the Global Inquiry menu The window that appears lists the
273. s code faccesscode already exists You cannot have two access codes that are the same Enter a different access code Access for file maintenance denied You are not authorized to use the F6 Maintenance function you are trying to work with Access Name faccesscode Not On File The name you entered is not on file Enter a name that is on file or use the Inquiry F2 command to look up and select aname You must use the Access Codes function in Resource Manager to define an access code see page 3 19 Access to fitem Denied Your access to the field function or command you are trying to use is restricted If you have clearance to use it enter your access code first Resource Manager User s Manual A 1 System Messages References All form classes must match on batch selected jobs Form class cannot be changed on a batch selection If selected form class doesn t match printer form class job will not print Selected jobs will not print if the form class doesn t match the printer s current form class In Print Manager all the jobs you select to print in a batch must have the same form class Select print jobs with the same form class or print one job at a time if print jobs have different form classes A driver filename must be supplied when using Device Type doscon The terminal you are trying to set up requires a value in the driver filename field Alpha Characters Not Allowed with Numeric Field Mask You cannot u
274. s for this type are found the Boolean variable DONE is set to 1 Do not modify this area Line 9300 9399 GENLOCK General Record Lock Routine See the Development Standards manual for an explanation of this routine Resource Manager User s Manual Compatibility Matrix Compatibility helps keep OPEN SYSTEMS Accounting Software files fully compatible across platforms and cooperative on a network On the following page is a compatibility matrix of OSAS 6 1 applications Use the matrix to set up your system with the right version of each application Resource Manager User s Manual 1 Compatibility Matrix References RJ AEE DA ES AGA LGA EI I OH HON EVEN M P R K R D A L N N O D W A O O RM 6 1 X R R S R RIR R S RI R SI S R R R RM6 1 AP 6 1 X O R AP 6 1 AR 6 1 X 1 R R AR6 1 BK 6 1 1 X O BK6 1 BR 6 1 ojo X O O O BR6 1 DD 6 1 X O DD 6 1 FA 6 1 X FA 6 1 GL 6 1 O O O O O O X ojo O O O GL61 GN 6 1 X GN 6 1 IN 6 1 O O R X O O IN6 JO 6 1 0 0 X O0 0 0 J06 1 OD 6 1 X OD 6 1 OW 6 1 X OW 6 1 PA 6 1 OJR X PA 6 1 PO 6 1 O X O PO6 1 SO 6 1 1 O X S06 1 R RAS PAS PB EBS ED I DES EG EG DIS EA KON BOF ABS p ES M P R K R D A L N N O D W A O O R Application on top requires application on side S Application requires side application and has no predefined functions within EIS O Application on top
275. s menu to move directly to that menu If you are several menu levels away from the Main menu you can return to the Main menu by clicking items on the previous menus Resource Manager User s Manual 1 13 OSAS Graphical Introduction Graphical Main Menu THID OPEN SYSTEME Armene Sofa mE ES Ea alo Lol Fyi fin jule Jar R El g Er O Topay Mi Teel F000 TON 240 PH You can exit from a Graphical menu in these ways select a button from a previous menu e press the Tab key to go to the OSAS menu Click the Close box in the upper right hand corner of the window to close OSAS use the Exit F7 command to close OSAS select Exit from the pull down File menu to close OSAS 1 14 Resource Manager User s Manual Introduction OSAS Graphical Start Main Menu You can exit from a menu in these ways press the left arrow key to go to the previous menu one menu up holdthe mouse over a different menu choice e press the Tab key to go to the OSAS menu e Click the Close box in the upper right hand corner of the window to close OSAS use the Exit F7 command to close OSAS select Exit from the pull down File menu to close OSAS Resource Manager User s Manual 1 15 OSAS Graphical Introduction Special Commands in Graphical Menus In either graphical menu you can right click on a menu selection to display the Special Commands menu which allows you to perform these special tasks From th
276. se letters in a math formula for a field whose mask is numeric Remove the letters or change the mask Application information not found The media you are trying to install does not contain the files required for installation If you are installing from a diskette drive make sure that you have inserted the correct diskette If you are installing from a CD ROM drive make sure the CD is in the drive and try again Application is not flagged as installed Application fapplID does not exist You must install an application before you can create or convert files for it Application not installed for this company You cannot change options and interfaces for an application that is not installed for the company Install the application create or convert files and then run the function again Application version must be greater than or equal to version Installing this version number may cause compatibility problems throughout your system Do not attempt to install an older version of an application over a newer one A 2 Resource Manager User s Manual References System Messages BASIC ERROR number HOST ERROR number LINE line PROGRAM program BASIC ERROR number LINE line PROGRAM program A serious error has occurred Write down the information that is displayed and get help from a support technician Beginning date is not immediately after ending date of previous period Dates must not be missing between
277. sed in most of the OSAS applications By entering the number of decimals you want for each mask type you define the way they appear in other applications Note however that some applications have fields that override the numeric masks you assign in this function Reports No report is associated with this function Screen Use Screen Description Company Information Use the Company Information screen to enter or change information for a company Resource Manager User s Manual 3 3 Company Information Company Setup Company Information Screen cs id nmel prn AE Comer f Mode m Bele 0 ba DO 14 OL Aare Care P 3 The is Location DD Hae Bark ID 3 dakian DS Wik Baich if iin ie Car m had Harden ni has Do Ta Dardo spip Canis Reg Diana E Enam f r kein TO eE Wa mirn T a Fan ma Tr rne pen HA nt Matas T AA Disko bl pk Huan Tess Ties Mik 12 san har AB JE Ci Lira O HNS E vad Schr EC Field Definitions Field Name Name Address 1 Address 2 City 3 4 Epa ki DEZ ana TDG ENN Description The ID of the company you selected at the menu is displayed Accept it or enter a different company ID using one to three numbers and or uppercase letters You can use the Delete F3 command to delete a company from the system only if there are no data files for it This field appears if you entered a new company ID Enter the ID of the company from which you want to copy data
278. sed on the department that uses the report accounting sales and so on the time period the report applies to daily monthly and so on or the type of report transactions history and so on Use the Report Classes function on the Print Manager File Maintenance menu to set up and maintain report classes Reports No report is associated with this function Screen Use Screen Description Report Maintenance Use the Report Classes screen to enter the report classes you want to use to categorize print jobs Resource Manager User s Manual 9 19 Report Classes Print Manager Report Classes Screen Lumwarah Ed boder he Peke Lea ba po 74 de ren Repeat Masi I EN Dre ar tT Compay bl EIERN led POE CR Field Definitions Field Name Description Inquiry Report Enter the class code you want to work with Description Enter the description of the report class The system uses the report class to remind you to load the proper paper before you print a report and to sort reports on the report control screens Command Bar Definitions This screen has no command bar Saving and Exiting Use the Proceed OK command to save your entries Then enter another report class to work with or exit to the Print Manager File Maintenance menu 9 20 Resource Manager User s Manual Parameter Maintenance Features Use the Parameter Maintenance function on the Print Manager File Maintenance menu to set up and m
279. ser s Manual 1 23 OSAS Graphical Introduction Function Tool Bar Buttons BE 28 VX tu Tool Button 2 Ix gt U eB g BB EB Key F6 F3 PgUp Shift F9 Shift F10 F1 Verification Buttons F Abandon Result Go directly to the appropriate File Maintenance function to update information about the field you are in Delete the information on the screen Since this command can delete an entire record use it with caution Move the cursor back to the first field on the screen or to the first field after the key field without erasing the entries or changes you made Copy the contents of the current field Paste the contents you copied from a previous field into the current field Displays the calculator screen Displays the pop up calendar screen You can use the calendar to add and review reminders for any date Displays information about the field you are in Displays the on line documentation Click on the OK button to proceed to the next screen or to save your entries click on the Abandon button to abandon your entries 1 24 Resource Manager User s Manual Introduction OSAS Graphical Function Pull Down Menus Commands Menu Selection Key Operations Inquiry F2 Use the Inquiry command to display a list of valid entries for the current field from which you can select a choice Maintenance F6 Go directly to the appropriate File Maintenance function t
280. ser s Manual 3 15 Options and Interfaces Company Setup Options and Interfaces Screen pad pen el eters aa ear Ma E Coed Ea Moden de Pir abe o 14 poe eek Er org Hi Conan Tate Tore gt Aars wami 3 Ehe lna Bragg bl E 1 000 Versand POE CR Field Definitions Field Name Description Company ID The company you selected on the menu is displayed Option Table Type Enter Own to keep each company s options separate or enter Share if you want companies to use the same options and interfaces Application ID Enter the ID of the application for which you want to set the options Command Bar Definitions This screen has no command bar 3 16 Resource Manager User s Manual Company Setup Options and Interfaces Saving and Exiting Use the Proceed OK command to save your entries and continue to the Options screen When you finish entering application options and interfaces use the Exit F7 command to return to the Company Setup menu Options Screen H snaara Manager Opin a ab Saian Ge A cine th ri Haaa T Field Definitions Field Name Description Description The options for the application you selected are displayed Value The current value of the option is displayed Resource Manager User s Manual 3 17 Options and Interfaces Company Setup Command Bar Definitions Command Description Enter toggle Press Enter to toggle between options Goto Press G to go to a specific o
281. shboard Edit Commands Add field Change field Delete field Resource Manager User s Manual Description Press Alt F or PgDn and then F in text mode to open the EIS File commands menu Select Load dashboard from the EIS File menu or press L in text mode to load an existing dashboard Select Save dashboard from the EIS File menu or press S in text mode to save the dashboard you are on If the screen does not have a name enter a descriptive name to make future access easy the screen is saved under the name If the screen already has a name accept it or enter a different name Select New dashboard from the EIS File menu or pressN in text mode to work with a new dashboard Select Delete dashboard from the EIS File menu or press D in text mode to delete a dashboard Press Alt E or PgDn and then E in text mode to open the EIS Edit commands menu Select Add EIS field from the EIS Edit pull down menu or press A in text mode to add an EIS field value to the dashboard You can add static text descriptions to the dashboard in text mode by typing the description where you want it on the screen You can add static text descriptions in graphical mode by selecting Add Text field from the EIS Edit pull down menu Press C in text mode to replace the field where the cursor is with a different field You can change a field in graphical mode by changing the field ID in the Properties box Press D in text mode to remo
282. should be formatted Use any combination of these characters format as a dollar amount defaults to two decimal places format with commas inserted where necessary 1 7 format with the specified number of decimal places Z format to display totals of zero when applicable Enter the number of the data name s field in the record Enter the character in the field to begin at and the length of the data Enter the number of the first column to display the data Enter the column headings as you want them to appear Do not press Enter until you have entered all the column headings The number of characters you can enter is determined by the width of the window Command Bar Definitions This screen has no command bar Saving and Exiting Use the Proceed OK command to save your entries This prompt appears Test the window Select Yes or press Y in text mode to display a test version of the inquiry window you defined or select No or press N in text mode to save the information without displaying a test window When you finish maintaining inquiry window definitions use the Exit F7 command to return to the System File Maintenance menu Resource Manager User s Manual Global Inquiry Definitions Features A Global Inquiry window consolidates and displays information from other applications These windows are valuable if you are in the middle of an application and need information from a different application b
283. so you can change the paper stock color for instance check the box or enter Y in text mode if not uncheck the box or enter N in text mode If you want an alignment mark to be printed before proceeding to print the forms check the box or enter Y in text mode if not uncheck the box or enter N in text mode Command Bar Definitions This screen has no command bar Saving and Exiting Use the Proceed OK command to save your entries Then enter another company ID to work with or use the Exit F7 command to return to the System File Maintenance menu Resource Manager User s Manual 6 51 Form Printers Features Use the Form Printers function on the System File Maintenance menu to set up default printers for form types Reports No report is associated with this function Screen Use Screen Description Form Printers Use the Form Printers screen to add or change the printer information for form types Append Edit Printer Use the Append Printer and Edit Printer screens to assign default printers to form types for one or more companies and or workstations Resource Manager User s Manual 6 53 Form Printers System File Maintenance Form Printers Screen F j ps o fret Ciso Droi kr FE MELINA te PE ica J e A pel ER rn T IR OT Field Definitions Field Name Description Form Type The form types for which default printers are set up are displayed Company ID The
284. soy alTnej q uot OesueT UOTIATIDSIA da AI STARL Ez PY aTqe eg saunooov ISTT soTgeL WY LT OT Arddns szepttng 1002 60 90 Resource Manager User s Manual 11 34 Country Codes List Features The Country Codes List shows the country codes and the names associated with the codes that are on your system Reports A sample Country Codes List is on page 11 38 Screen Use Screen Description Country Codes List Use the Country Codes List screen to select the codes you want to include in the list Resource Manager User s Manual 11 35 Country Codes List Master File Lists Country Codes List Screen METT Calas Lie MA E Corrado Ei Mode tm Erik Sr ba BD 18 Or Anden Fick Cony Code Fs PZ Bj Th er m Kian mm Fm mf Pmi Up F amiy Cod r Curie Hama Espana IE CAN Field Definitions Field Name Description Country Code From Enter the range of country codes you want to include in the Thru list Country Name From Enter the range of country names you want to include in the Thru list Print By Select the order in which you want to organize the list Command Bar Definitions This screen has no command bar 11 36 Resource Manager User s Manual Master File Lists Country Codes List Saving and Exiting Select the output device to begin printing the list After the list is produced the Master File Lists menu appears Resource Manager User s Manual 11 37 Master File Lists Cou
285. splaying PDF documents If you don t want to access the online documentation files if your terminal does not support graphical display or if you don t have a compatible reader leave this field blank The Adobe Acrobat Reader is a freeware product available for many operating systems If you have an OSAS CD ROM you can install the Adobe Acrobat Reader for Windows from the Autorun screen on the CD Command Bar Definitions This screen has no command bar Saving and Exiting Use the Proceed OK command to save your entries and exit to the Workstation Configuration menu Resource Manager User s Manual Company Setup Company Information Data File Creation Data File Conversion Options and Interfaces Access Codes Country Codes State Codes Resource Manager User s Manual 3 3 3 7 3 11 3 15 3 19 3 21 3 23 Company Information Features Use the Company Information function on the Company Setup menu to perform these tasks add and remove companies change the name address and phone and fax numbers for a company e activate the company s files for use with the OSAS Web application select the date and time format for a company s reports and screens set a company s location bank ID and OSAS Web batch ID defaults set the user defined unit of weight and masks for numeric values change the company s web site or e mail addresses The numeric masks you set up in this function are u
286. ssigned the setup ID to a field Enter the field ID in the Field Definitions function and enter an existing setup ID use the Inquiry F2 command to look up and select an ID or define this setup ID in the Setup function Field Will Overlap Other Fields If you place the field too close to another field its information will overlap the adjacent fields First and Last Characters Must Be Quotation Marks If you return literal values with quotation marks the first and last characters must be quotation marks Otherwise you have an odd number of quotation marks or you are trying to use strings The math editor does not recognize either situation Remove the quotation marks or use them as the first and last characters Function functionID Does Not Return Element element A math editor cannot return a functional element that does not exist An element is a line number in the Functions scroll region For example if APBAL returns two values you cannot make the math editor return F1 3 since element number three does not exist You cannot enter an element of 0 an element greater than the number of elements the function recognizes or a fractional number Function ID functionID Is Not on File Function ID functionID Not Found The function you entered is not on file Enter a function that is on file or use the Inquiry F2 command to look up and select a function To define a function use the Functions function after you have coded the f
287. st Pra z ES Di e Vea Tinas ENS Dh H sansa cir cra a a ml IE BP ged kanri rea TA SE BP Asa Den Immo Bl 120 I Era ECONO aran T IR ERR Field Definitions Field Name Description Inquiry Access Name Enter the access code name you want to modify You cannot define an access code here you must use the Access Codes function on the Company Setup menu to set up an access code first see page 3 19 Access If access is granted to this function or command the box is checked or YES is displayed in text mode if not the box is unchecked or NO is displayed in text mode Field ID Description The IDs of the commands and all EIS fields are displayed as are their descriptions 8 42 Resource Manager User s Manual Executive Information Summary Access Codes Command Bar Definitions Command Enter toggle All None Goto Saving and Exiting Description Move the prompt to the command or field ID to which you want to grant or deny access and press Enter to toggle from checked YES to unchecked NO and vice versa Press A to grant access to all the commands and field IDs in EIS Press N to deny access to all the commands and field IDs in EIS Press G to go to a specific command or field Use the Exit F7 command to return to the EIS File Maintenance menu Resource Manager User s Manual 8 43 Dashboard Editor Features Use the EIS Dashboard Editor on the EIS File Maintenance
288. story File YTD Totals The ARHIYTD function returns the amount you received for the year to date from invoices credit memos payments finance charges sales tax freight and miscellaneous charges Setup types Company ID Sub Type 1 Numeric 2 Numeric 3 Numeric 4 Numeric Resource Manager User s Manual Description Invoices Total Credit Memos Total Payments Total Finance Charges Total G 25 Predefined Functions References Sub Type 5 Numeric 6 Numeric 7 Numeric Description Sales Tax Total Freight Charges Total Miscellaneous Total AROPEN AR Open Invoice File Totals The AROPEN function returns totals from the Open Invoice file including the total from invoices and finance charges and the net due total Setup types Company ID Sub Type 1 Numeric 2 Numeric 3 Numeric 4 Numeric 5 Numeric 6 Numeric G 26 Description Invoices Total Credit Memos Total Payments Total Finance Charges Total Open Invoice Grand Total Discounts Total Resource Manager User s Manual References Predefined Functions ARRTOPSP AR Top 10 Sales Reps PTD Sales Totals The ARRTOPSP function returns the names of the sales representatives with the most sales in descending order for the period to date The function also returns the total amount received from sales for each sales representative Setup types Company ID Sub 1 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Type Alphanumeric Num
289. t 1 47 user s manual 1 9 Copy function key 1 26 1 32 1 43 pull down menu command 1 26 tool button 1 24 Country Codes function 3 21 3 23 screen 3 21 Country Codes List function 11 35 sample 11 38 screen 11 36 Ctrl F function key 1 41 Ctrl G function key 1 41 text menu 1 39 Ctrl J function key 1 25 Ctrl O function key 1 41 Ctrl V function key 1 41 Ctrl Z function key 1 26 1 32 cursor moving down or forward one field 1 25 1 41 moving up or back one field 1 25 1 41 selecting item 1 34 1 44 Cursor end function key 1 32 1 42 Cursor home Resource Manager User s Manual function key 1 32 1 42 Cursor left function key 1 32 1 42 Cursor right function key 1 32 1 42 Customer Vendor Inventory Lookup function key 1 30 1 44 pull down menu command 1 30 D Data File Allocation Report function 10 3 sample 10 6 screen 10 4 Data File Conversion function 3 11 screen 3 12 Data File Creation function 3 7 Defaults function 2 27 Del function key 1 32 1 42 Delete function key 1 25 1 40 pull down menu command 1 25 tool button 1 24 delete information on ascreen 1 25 1 40 line item 1 29 1 46 Delete character function key 1 32 1 42 Delete Line command function key 1 29 1 46 pull down menu command 1 29 Delete to End of Line function key 1 43 Depreciation Tables List list 5 22 5 33 Description Inventory Lookup function key 1 30 1 45 pull down menu command 1 30 desele
290. t begin in Sort mode when using an Inquiry window enter A if you want to begin in Search mode enterl The next five options are available only on Windows workstations Field Name Description GUI Functions If you want to use Windows graphical screens enter A If you want to use the text screens enter I You can change modes at the menu by pressing Shift F6 Menu Style Enter one of these options for the type of menu you want to use on this workstation T text menu G graphical panelled menu S Start style graphical menu Delay Value If you chose the Start style graphical menu the delay value is used to regulate how quickly the menu responds to mouse movements The default delay value is 1 but you can increase this value 1 9 if your menu behaves erratically 2 30 Resource Manager User s Manual Workstation Configuration Defaults Field Name Scale Screens Clipboard Location ID Bank ID EIS Dashboard Screen Pages Printer User ID Bitmap Image Print File Sort File Resource Manager User s Manual Description If you want to scale the dimensions of the OSAS screens to nearly full screen size by default regardless of your monitor s resolution enter A If you want the screen to resize according to your monitor s resolution enter I the normal setting If you wantthe OSAS copy and paste commands to use the windows clipboard making the information available for use
291. t screen to select the companies you want to include in the list Resource Manager User s Manual 11 15 Company Information List Master File Lists Company Information List Screen erh Ed boder de Help Fri he po 14 ak irka Compay H 121 000 Verd T EPI Field Definitions Field Name Description Company ID From Thru Enter the range of companies you want to include in the list Command Bar Definitions This screen has no command bar Saving and Exiting Select the output device to begin printing the list After the list is produced the Master File Lists menu appears 11 16 Resource Manager User s Manual Company Information List Master File Lists I bed Company Information List 6666666666666 666 666666666 666 666666666 6666 66666666 6666 66666666 6666 66666666 66 6666666666 TOOEN4 TOOONN SITUTT IPOTI sanoH so ey SOTIFJUENO NI S OTId NI 52509 NI szeTToq bey GI ueg qI uorqeooT sarneg q Wa WY wu syy znoH zZT 0 AXAX GG WA 0 6bT 678 T19 T100 628 219 vS N sn ZELE PDEGS NW STATO1H U DH Id ST UBTIL USPTOD 9Z9L Arddng s sptrng 3817 UOTJEWIOJUI Aueduog Arddns sasptrng 310day Jo puq quroq UTI Jeuao a eq eis xeq suoyd Azqunog dtz AITO z SSSIPPY I SSSIPPY WEN H uorzyeumogul GI WY 62 6 1002 60 90 11 17 Resource Manager User s Manual Help Screens List Features The Help Screens List
292. t to convert this application s files you must erase any existing data files to continue Select Yes or enter Y in text mode to erase the existing files and convert this application Select No or enter N in text mode to keep your existing files and skip the application during conversion If you want an error log to be printed after each application is converted select Yes or enter Y in text mode if not select No or enter N in text mode If you are converting only one application your entry here makes no difference Command Bar Definitions This screen has no command bar Saving and Exiting Resource Manager User s Manual Use the Proceed OK command to begin the conversion process When the files have been converted the Company Setup menu appears 3 13 Options and Interfaces Features Use the Options and Interfaces function on the Company Setup menu to determine the way the applications function and to set up interfaces between certain applications installed on your system Reports To produce a list of the information entered in the Options and Interfaces function use the Options and Interfaces List function Screen Use Screen Description Options and Interfaces Use the Options and Interfaces screen to select the application for which you want to set up options and interfaces Options Use the Options screen to view and edit the settings for the application you selected Resource Manager U
293. t to include in the report Resource Manager User s Manual 10 7 Product Suggestions Report Reports Product Suggestions Report Screen Field Definitions Field Name Description Suggestion Enter the range of suggestions you want to include in the report Date Entered Enter the range of dates of the product suggestions that you want to include in the report Command Bar Definitions This screen has no command bar 10 8 Resource Manager User s Manual Reports Product Suggestions Report Saving and Exiting Select the output device to begin printing the product suggestion forms After the report is produced the Reports menu appears Resource Manager User s Manual 10 9 Reports Product Suggestions Report Product Suggestions Report s310doz uo AI 198N Y110MJ9U MOUS 9915 6b1 678 719 4 xed 1100 628 219 uoud 1002 20 60 ps rruans eqeq S000 uot qsebbns 6bT 678 719 4 XW 310day uot ysebbns yonporg abeg Arddng szepting UOTIdTI0S8 suorjeoridde TTV uSa nue 0 9 34 UOTSISA na uoTJPOTTddY Dress NW STrITeid uspz Aemyzeq ysem AIT LLb9 Arddng saspr ng Aq pe UNS ELLE PRESS NW STITOIA USPE SATIG ST ULTIA USPTOD 9Z9L ONI SWHLSAS NAIO suorsebbns Jonpoag NLIV OL ANAS NY 1736 1002 60 90 Resource Manager User s Manual 10 10 Error Log Features The Error Log provides a list of the errors you encountered if any while using the software Repo
294. t to oldest ID of the user who produced the file report class terminal ID where the file was produced Press P to print the selected file see Print Control Screen below Press B to print the files you selected using the Tag command see Print Control Screen below Press A to move the selected file from the Active Report Control to the Archive Report Control Press G to go to a specific report in the Active Report Control This command is available only ifthere is more than one screen of reports Saving and Exiting To exit to the Report Control menu use the Exit F7 command Resource Manager User s Manual 9 9 Active Report Control Print Manager Search for Text Screen EE jme ie Hai ry he ma Te Field Definitions Field Name Search For Pick Description Enter the string you want the system to search for and use the Proceed OK command You must enter the text you are searching for exactly as it appears in the print job upper and lowercase letters must match exactly For example if you are searching for the employee ID BOU001 you can enter all six characters BOU0O1 just the first few characters BOU or just the last few characters U001 but not lowercase letters bou001 If the system locates the string you entered the page number on which the string appears is displayed Press P to print the displayed page number to print all pages where the string occurs or C to continue
295. table ID number of columns table type and table data xxWIND Window Definition The xxWIND file stores information needed to display an inquiry window The information from this file is then used by GENWIND PUB to create an inquiry window B 2 Resource Manager User s Manual References File Descriptions CNVTLOG Conversion Log The CNVTLOG file stores the errors that occurred during conversion EIFDDTA Field Definition Data file The EIFDDTA file stores the field IDs and descriptions It also stores the functions and setup records needed to generate each field Each field ID corresponds to a field value in the EIVAL file EIFDHDR Field Definition Header file The EIFDHDR file stores each field s ID mask description and math formula It also stores the value date and time terminal and error type of the field s last calculation This information is displayed when you use the View command on the EIS Dashboard You can use the Field Definitions function to change the ID mask description and math formula EIFUDTA Function Data file The EIFUDTA file stores each value returned by a function A function can return several values Use the Recalc or Global command on the EIS Dashboard or the Global Dashboard Update function to make a field return a value EIFUHDR Function Header file The EIFUHDR file stores such information as the ID and description of each function Use the Functions function on the File Maintenance m
296. tall Resource Manager you can use it to install other applications modify how each application works and specify how the overall system operates You can install the other applications in any order unless their user s manuals specify otherwise Workstation Configuration Use the Configure Workstation functions to assign colors on a text workstation define the keys that will execute particular functions and editing commands on a text workstation define multiple terminals printers and graphics devices and specify default system information Installation After you set up your workstations you can begin installing other applications on your system However some applications will not appear on the Main menu until you create or convert data files Company Setup Use the Company Setup functions to set up company information create or convert the data files for each application select options for each application and the interfaces between applications set up access codes to protect your data from unauthorized access and set up country codes Resource Manager User s Manual 1 5 Resource Manager Overview Introduction Application Setup After you have installed applications on your system and created or converted your data files use the Application Setup functions to create the Period Setup tables You can also assign tax classes tax locations and tax groups print the Sales Tax Report and clear accumulated sales tax from t
297. taxed in this location check the box or enter Y in text mode if not uncheck the box or enter N in text mode Enter the account number to which you want to post the liability for tax Enter the account number to which you want to post the refundable tax Each tax class and its description are displayed The percentage of tax for each class is displayed The amount of tax for purchases for each class is displayed The amount of tax collected for each class is displayed The amount of tax paid for each class is displayed 4 9 Tax Locations Application Setup Command Bar Definitions Command Description Enter edit Move the prompt to the tax class you want to edit and press Enter Tax Loc Press T to select a different tax location First Press F to go to the first tax location record in the file Last Press L to go to the last tax location record in the file Next Press N to go to the next tax location record in the file Prev Press P to go to the previous tax location record in the file View Press V to view tax class detail information for this location Header Press H to return to the top portion of the screen Saving and Exiting Your changes to tax classes are saved as you enter them To exit to the Application Setup menu use the Exit F7 command Edit Tax Class Screen C res f ee Dee ber so hh Be T Tims Ea m hes Tam Peri Hani Para Far Pacer ber feet main been A Er Tora Au
298. taxes Set up tax classes before setting up tax locations Reports No report is associated with this function Screen Use Screen Description Tax Locations Use the Tax Locations screen to add or change tax location records Edit Tax Cass Use the Edit Tax Class screen to change the information used to calculate sales tax for a tax class in this tax location View Tax Class Use the View Tax Class screen to look at but not change tax class detail information Resource Manager User s Manual 4 7 Tax Locations Application Setup Tax Locations Screen ax Locaiema Se EI PX T amma v n shasha mm zei 0 el wel pe el me I Eng hl NT Tea TUDO AAN Field Definitions Field Name Description Inquiry Tax Location Enter the ID of the tax location you want to work with Name Enter the name of the tax location or press Enter to use the displayed name Tax Level Enter the tax level of the location Tax ID Enter the company s tax identification number for the authority or press Enter to use the displayed tax ID Authority Enter a tax authority or press Enter to use the displayed tax authority 4 8 Resource Manager User s Manual Application Setup Tax Locations Field Name Tax on Inquiry Tax Liability Acct Inquiry Tax Refundable Acct Class Description Sales Tax Purch Tax Tax Collected Tax Paid Resource Manager User s Manual Description If freight or miscellaneous charges are
299. te period entry Access the Period Setup function and fill in the lower half of the screen which includes the period beginning and ending dates Must build OPT table first The application you are working with does not have an OPT table Use the Application Tables function to create one Must define base window definition first You must define the base window before you can create an alternate inquiry window definition Enter a wndow ID without a character in the ninth position and create it first Must enter Copy From ID This function requires that you enter a Copy From ID to create a new record Must enter country code You cannot create a blank country code Resource Manager User s Manual A 11 System Messages References Must enter numeric value The data you entered must contain only numbers Must Enter Valid Date The format is mm dd yyyy Must Enter Valid Time The format is hh mm Must enter Y es No or an enhancement ID You cannot leave this field blank Enter Y N or an application enhancement ID No application installed for this company ID No applications are installed for the company you selected Select a different company ID or create the application files for the company before you try the function again No applications to convert You did not enter any applications to convert Enter the IDs of the applications whose files you want to convert No conversion program found for this application You
300. tes a public program scall executes an operating system command info executes a public program directly EIS displays an EIS dashboard RW Rpt displays a GENERAL Report Writer report SAAN Q bo So Enter the program name menu filename menu record name or operating system command to execute or if you selected type 0 press Enter Enter a parameter for the menu selection If you selected type 0 for the line or if you do not need a parameter pressEnter Command Bar Definitions Command Enter edit Move Copy Swap Unique Title Write Saving and Exiting Description Move to the line you want to edit and press Enter Press M to move the line to a new location Press C to copy the line to another line Press S to swap the position of a line with another line Press U to create or remove unique menu items Press T to go back to the Title field Press W to write save the line you changed To save your entries and exit to the System File Maintenance menu use the Write W command followed by the Exit F7 command Resource Manager User s Manual 6 13 Favorites Menus Features The Favorites menu allows you to build your own menu of the functions and submenus you use most You can create the Favorites menu automatically by using the Add to Favorites F10 command on the menu Use this function to modify the Favorites menu that is created automatically For example you might group some Fav
301. th the DIM verb Check the IOLists used in the function in lines 899 989 for arrays H 2 Resource Manager User s Manual References Building Functions Lines 400 499 Set the following variables FILES The total number of application files opened for each company FILENAME 1 FILES Each filename excluding the company ID Lines 600 699 This area is used to check that each application you need for the function is installed Otherwise the function returns an error in the EIVAL file Lines 899 989 This area holds the EIS IOLists Do not change the code unless you really want to modify how EIS works Lines 990 999 This area is used to place the IOLists the function needs from applications other than EIS Lines 1000 1399 This area is used to read through the company ranges in the setup record and place a list of valid companies in the variable CO This variable calls lines 5000 5199 to cycle through each company open its files and run a particular routine When the routine is done the company IDs are cycled through until all the company IDs have been used The function lines 4000 4199 then writes its results to the EIVAL file and exits Do not modify this area Lines 2000 3999 This area holds the code that uses a From Thru range from the setup file and calculates data from records in that range For example if the function is designed to total arange of GL accounts this section of code would read the GLMAxxx
302. the and wildcard characters to restrict or widen the search Search for an item based on customer ID or vendor ID When you enter the customer or vendor ID you can use the and wildcard characters to restrict or widen the search Search for detailed information about an item You can enter search information in any of the fields that appear using any of the following wildcard characters to restrict or widen the search lt gt Search for an item based on lot number When you enter the lot number you can use the and wildcard characters to restrict or widen the search Search for an item based on serial number When you enter the serial number you can use the and wildcard characters to restrict or widen the search Search for an item based on item description When you enter the description you can use the and wildcard characters to restrict or widen the search Resource Manager User s Manual Introduction OSAS Graphical Other Graphical Function Controls Function Field Inquiry When the Inquiry button appears nextto a field you can either click on the button or press the F2 Inquiry key Graphical Scroll Region Buttons Use these command in scroll region areas to move between the lines in the region Scroll Button Key Result zJ Home Moves the cursor to the first line in a scroll region PgUp Moves the cursor to the previous page of lines
303. the ending date of one period and the beginning date of the next period Change the dates of the periods Cannot change this option Change option foptionnumber to foptionvalue You must change the option in the message before you can change the current option Cannot find terminaltype The terminal type or termcap entry you specified is not in the termcap file Enter a different terminal type Cannot open print device devicename The printer you specified cannot be accessed now Make sure that the printer is online If you want to quit without printing press Ctrl Break Cannot rebuild this type of file You cannot use the Rebuild Verify function for the file you selected Cannot Perform Calculations With Strings A String is a set of literal characters within quotation marks You cannot use string variables in a formula for example SALES F1 1 is an invalid formula Changing the column length may alter the display of data If you change the column length the data will be reorganized to fit that column length which may produce undesirable results Resource Manager User s Manual A 3 System Messages References Changing the number of columns may alter the display of data If you change the number of columns that data will be reorganized into the number of columns you specified which may produce undesirable results Column must be between 1 and 78 The position of the column must be in the range 1 through
304. the last maintenance operation performed for the application Command Bar Definitions This screen has no command bar Saving and Exiting Use the Proceed OK command to save your entries Then enter another application ID to work with or use the Exit F7 command to return to the System File Maintenance menu Resource Manager User s Manual 6 5 Directories Features Use the Directories function on the System File Maintenance menu to add data directories to those that were established when Resource Manager was installed and to change the directories used by OSAS for installation media programs data files system files data dictionary files sample data files utilities and graphical screens Reports No report is associated with this function Screen Use Screen Description Directories Use the Directories screen to add data directories Resource Manager User s Manual 6 7 Directories System File Maintenance Directories Screen 6 8 asia ES ikon Dim be iy ig ba oo 18 Or haba Pira ATRAS Das Dma 2 Deal alee Fiss This el Aint rn Ess eee Sunde Daa ars amme HM Geer a Field Definitions Field Name Install Program Data 1 Data 2 Data 3 System Files Coapa H GESEHEN Tarena TODO CEA Description Press Enter if you want to install the Resource Manager and other application files from the displayed drive or enter the path for the CD diskette or tap
305. the left and right halves of a report Move a line up and down the screen to line up information when you toggle between halves of a report 1 45 Introduction Scroll Region Commands When the prompt gt is in a line item scroll region you can use the following commands Key Down Next Line Up Previous Line PgUp Previous Page PgDn Next Page Home First Line End Last Line F3 Delete Ins Insert Enter Edit Operation Move down one line item Move up one line item Move to the previous screen or to the first line if you are on the first screen Move to the next screen or to the last line if you are on the last screen Move to the first line item in the entire list Move to the last line item in the entire list Delete the line item at the prompt gt Insert a line item at the prompt gt Edit the line item at the prompt gt Resource Manager User s Manual Reports Selecting a Range of Information Sorting To produce a report you must specify the amount of information you want in the report To produce a report that includes all the available information leave the From Thru fields on the report function screen blank For example if you want information about all the vendors to be in a report leave the Vendor ID From and Thru fields blank To limit the amount of information in the report enter the range of information in the From Thru
306. tion RMUIxxx User ID The RMUIxxx file stores descriptions of user IDs for the User Comments function B 10 Resource Manager User s Manual References File Descriptions SUGGEST Suggestions The SUGGEST file stores the suggestions entered through the Other Commands menu Suggestions might include enhancements to the software that you would like to see Resource Manager User s Manual B 11 Common Questions C For the latest answers to OSAS related questions see our website at www OSAS com support osas faq Which interpreters work with Windows XW Microsoft Windows 95 98 NT and 2000 XY Microsoft Windows Netware Client My customer is running multiple servers Windows 95 98 Windows NT Windows 2000 Novell etc on the same network Will there be any problems installing OSAS for Windows As long as OSAS is installed on a supported server Windows 95 98 Windows NT 3 51 with service pack 5 or 4 0 with service pack 5 Windows 2000 or Novell 3 2 4 11 or 5 0 there should be no problems What workstations are supported for OSAS for Windows OSAS for Windows supports workstations running under Windows 95 98 NT 3 51 Workstation with service pack 5 NT 4 0 Workstation with service pack 5 and Windows 2000 When I use continuous forms with a sysprint device why is there an extra form feed after the alignment mark When you print to a spooled printer Windows automatically generates a form feed Printing an al
307. tion marks If you want to enter phone numbers in the format 999 999 9999 enter 66 without the quotation marks Command Bar Definitions This screen has no command bar Saving and Exiting Use the Proceed OK command to save your entries and exit to the Company Setup menu 3 22 Resource Manager User s Manual State Codes Features Use the State Codes function on the Company Setup menu to assign a three character code to a state province or other region within a country Reports There is no report associated with this function State Codes Screen Cord Ed boder Des bed 20 DA mn 74 dr Aaron Thats Fake fo Bj sima Miras fies Emart cA m TANADA Compay Ei A led T RE AN Resource Manager User s Manual 3 23 State Codes Company Setup Field Definitions Field Name Description Inquiry State Code Enter the code for the state province or region State Name Enter the full name of the state Country Enter the code for the country to which this state belongs The country s name is displayed Command Bar Definitions This screen has no command bar Saving and Exiting Use the Proceed OK command to save your entries and exit to the Company Setup menu 3 24 Resource Manager User s Manual Application Setup Tax Classes Tax Locations Tax Groups Sales Tax Report Clear Sales Tax Period Setup Pop Up Calendar Resource Manager User s Manual 4 3 4 7 4 13 4 17
308. to view all keys Resource Manager User s Manual Data File Maintenance View File Contents Field Name Description Keys From Thru Enter the range of the records you want to view in the file Print Select the information you want to view You can choose to view the keys only or the keys and the data together Command Bar Definitions This screen has no command bar Saving and Exiting Select the output device for the report to begin printing it After the report is produced the Data File Maintenance menu appears Resource Manager User s Manual 5 21 Data File Maintenance View File Contents xxx FIOdDI JO PUT xxx paqutad spaooer I gt 0 lt gt 0 lt gt lt woo ATddns sIspTTnagumuuop lt gt 0 lt gt 0 lt gt 70615 VZ lt gt p LLSTZ8 lt gt LI TIEZL lt gt 0 lt gt 0 lt gt 0 lt gt T lt gt 0 lt gt T lt DET S lt gt 0 lt lt x L86Z STlI lt gt SN lt gt 9L68 ELLLL lt gt XI lt seTTea lt x lt YON nu AV YING ZTL9 lt uuosT pu lW W euuoq lt squ quoO0 STIA META Arddng szepttng View File Contents Report STFI dey seTes HuSuW e7ep 59e79019 S4S0 0 1 T TZ Z NASI 1 T TZ T NASI TT 0z SVASI STIVAY ZASA gt TASY LVGST ASTS HSTS OSKAVA EIN El XVIAVA NTAVd asva 10 EWOO ENAA SANE SXV SYNOHA SAAL SaIZ IS ALIO SEAT SZOTV STAY YAVN Samus Wd
309. to remove the historical data Command Bar Definitions This screen has no command bar Saving and Exiting Use the Proceed OK command to purge the history and exit to the EIS Periodic Maintenance menu 8 24 Resource Manager User s Manual Field Definitions Features Use the Field Definitions function on the EIS File Maintenance menu to create or modify the attributes of a field description display mask function ID setup ID and math formula If you intend to use only the functions and setup IDs that are already in the system you are ready to use this information If you intend to define the field in terms of functions and setup IDs that have not been established use the Setup function and the Functions function before using the Field Definitions function Reports To produce a list of the information entered on the Field Definitions screen use the Field Definitions List function on the EIS Master File Lists menu Screen Use Screen Field Definitions Math Formula Resource Manager User s Manual Description Use the Field Definitions screen to create or modify a field Use the Math Formula screen to enter a formula for the field on the dashboard 8 25 Field Definitions Executive Information Summary Field Definitions Screen Lraranancd Kicha fa Lair Hem EE m ma Te sak Frei ID 3 Dei rein bar Funcion Dl saa D u uaj SEE t po I n ai meet ert ese
310. turns current aging totals from the customer Open Invoice file Setup types Company ID Sub Type Description 1 Numeric Unpaid Finance Charges 2 Numeric Current Due 3 Numeric Balance 31 60 4 Numeric Balance 61 90 5 Numeric Balance 91 120 6 Numeric Balance Over 120 7 Numeric Unapplied Credits Total 8 Numeric Total Due 9 Numeric Invoice Count 10 Numeric Customer Count G 10 Resource Manager User s Manual References Predefined Functions Sub Type Description 11 Numeric Active Customer Count 12 Numeric Past Due Customer Count ARCASH AR Cash Receipts File Totals The ARCASH function returns totals from the Cash Receipts file broken down by payment type Setup types Company ID Sub Type Description 1 Numeric Receipts Total 2 Numeric Discounts Total 3 Numeric Payment Type 1 Total Cash 4 Numeric Payment Type 1 Total Cash 5 Numeric Payment Type 2 Total Check 6 Numeric Payment Type 2 Total Check 7 Numeric Payment Type 3 Total Credit Card 8 Numeric Payment Type 3 Total Credit Card 9 Numeric Payment Type 4 Total Write off 10 Numeric Payment Type 4 Total Write off 11 Numeric Payment Type 5 Total Other 12 Numeric Payment Type 5 Total Other Resource Manager User s Manual G 11 Predefined Functions References ARCTOPPL AR Top 10 Customers L Y Profit Totals The ARCTOPPL function returns the customers that provided the most profit last year in descending order the profit
311. umn and change the information using the fields below A sample of the way the data will appear in the columns is displayed in the middle section of the screen Accept the displayed name for the field enter a different name or blank out the field if you want to enter a mathematical formula on the next line 6 31 Global Inquiry Definitions System File Maintenance 6 32 Field Name Expression Data Type User Mask Format Field Start Length Col No Description Enter a mathematical formula by using the Global Inquiry shorthand method or by entering valid mathematical expressions Accept the displayed data type or enter a different value 1 alphanumeric values 2 numeric values 3 date values 4 social security number values Enter the user defined numeric mask you want to use for numeric fields Enter the format to use for numeric data or press Enter to accept the format that s displayed Use any combination of these codes format as a dollar amount defaults to two decimal places format with commas inserted where necessary 0 7 format with the specified number of decimal places Z format to display totals of zero when applicable Enter the position of the field in the record of the file that you specified For alphanumeric fields enter the first character position in the field that you want to be displayed For cross reference fields enter the first character position of the linki
312. unctional program in Business BASIC Resource Manager User s Manual A 7 System Messages References Function functionID In Field ffieldID Is Not Defined The formula uses a function that has not been defined Change the field definition to use a different function Function functionID Not Fully Defined The function you are trying to use does not use a setup type a setup type must be used Function Number Missing From Field ffieldID You did not specify a function in the formula for the field definition For example you might have written F 3 instead of F1 3 Filename information not found The media you are trying to install does not contain the files required for installation If you are installing from a diskette drive make sure that you inserted the correct diskette filename is missing from queue Cannot archive The print job you are trying to archive does not exist It may have been deleted from the directory Check the filename and try again filename is missing from queue Cannot search The print job you are searching for does not exist It may have been deleted from the directory Check the filename and try again File type not supported You cannot use the Change File Size function to change the size of an indexed or string file A 8 Resource Manager User s Manual References System Messages fs load error number bbx unable to open channel number ERROR A BBx error has occurred You ca
313. unt of money from unposted journal entries for the year to date Setup types Company ID GL Account Sub Type Description 1 Numeric Unposted Journal Entries G 32 Resource Manager User s Manual References Predefined Functions GLMPTD GL Master File PTD Totals The GLMPTD function returns the general ledger balances for the period actual budgeted last year s and forecast Setup types Company ID GL Account Sub 1 Type Numeric Numeric Numeric Numeric Description Actual Balance Budget Balance Last Year Balance Forecast Balance GLMYTD GL Master File YTD Totals The GLMYTD function returns the general ledger balances for the period actual budgeted last year s and forecast Setup types Company ID GL Accounts Sub 1 Resource Manager User s Manual Type Numeric Numeric Numeric Numeric Description Actual Balance Budget Balance Last Year Balance Forecast Balance G 33 Predefined Functions References INVALUE Inventory Valuation Totals The INVALUE function returns the amount of product you have in inventory the total cost the amount of product you have on order the amount you have committed and the amount in use Setup types Company ID Warehouse ID Item Number Sub Type Description 1 Numeric Total Cost 2 Numeric Total Quantity 3 Numeric On Order Quantity 4 Numeric Committed Quantity 5 Numeric In Use Quantity INVTOPPP Inventory Top 10 Items
314. up ID from which you want to copy the setup criteria Use the ID that is displayed or enter a function ID that uses the setup ID you entered Use the description that is displayed or enter a different description for the setup ID The ranges of types of information that are assigned to each setup ID are displayed Resource Manager User s Manual Executive Information Summary Setup Command Bar Definitions Command Description Enter edit Move the prompt to the type you want to edit and press Enter Then see Append Edit Setup Screen below Append Press A to add a type and range to the list Then see Append Edit Setup Screen below Description Press D to change the description of the setup ID Saving and Exiting Use the Exit F7 command to return to the EIS File Maintenance menu Resource Manager User s Manual 8 33 Setup Executive Information Summary Append Edit Setup Screen dead felt Baden im Hii pi HO T usia T TN Fa y O O fa H Field Definitions Field Name Description Type The types of information that you can set ranges for are displayed Select the type of range you want to enter From Thru Enter the range of values associated with the type you selected You can assign more than one range of values for the same setup type in the same setup ID for example companies A through F and then companies K through M Command Bar Definitions This screen has no command ba
315. uration menu to reassign any function key to any command Key Operation Esc Command help View the list of commands for the screen you are on and the field you are in To close the window press any key F1 Help Get information about the field you are working on F2 Inquiry Make a selection from a range of entries for a field if the Inquiry flag appears at the bottom of the screen F3 Delete Delete the information on the screen Since this command can delete an entire record use it with caution F4 Other Open a menu of utilities A calculator and Global Inquiry which consolidates and presents information from other applications are some of the utilities on the Other Commands menu See Appendix F for information about the utilities on the Other Commands menu F5 Abandon Move the cursor back to the first field on the screen or to the first field after the key field The entries and changes you made are erased F6 Maintenance Go directly to the appropriate File Maintenance function to update information about the field you are in ifthe Maint flag appears at the bottom of the screen F7 Exit Exit from a screen or a window and disregard everything you entered F8 List Send the contents of the screen to a printer or a text file Shift F1 Online Doc Opens your PDF file viewer to display the documentation for your particular application Shift F2 Information Open an Information menu Each selection on the menu is an inf
316. ut do not want to back out from entering a transaction Use the Global Inquiry Definitions function on the System File Maintenance menu to design edit or delete windows Reports To produce a list of the information entered on the Global Inquiry Definitions screen use the Global Inquiry Window List function Screen Use Screen Description Global Inquiry Definitions Use the Global Inquiry Definitions screen to select the window you want to define or change Global Inquiry Definitions Use the General Information screen to view add or edit General Information information about the source of the window data Global Inquiry Summary Use the Summary Fields screen to establish and update Fields information displayed in the window s header fields Global Inquiry Data Use the Data Columns screen to establish and update Columns information about which data is displayed in the window Global Inquiry Definitions Use the Global Links screen to establish and update Global Links information about which window IDs you want to link to the window ID Resource Manager User s Manual 6 23 Global Inquiry Definitions System File Maintenance Global Inquiry Definitions Screen Gli lora Niria BEE Dawah par b de fet Hap px h po T or Aska tiotal gang wanana FS il dos Tila flop Pit Ha En p Da frasa Ta rara De ropa pnm F masina Faki E Cala Coburn fe Wicked kagar Links E Corsa bi OGG TODO CAN Field Definitio
317. ve the field where the cursor is from the screen You can remove a field in graphical mode by right clicking on it and selecting delete from the menu that appears 8 47 Dashboard Editor Executive Information Summary 8 48 Command Move field Options Commands Set tab size Change title Saving and Exiting Description Press M in text mode to move the field under the cursor to a different part of the screen You can move a field in graphical mode by clicking on it and dragging it to its new location with the mouse or by changing the coordinates in the Properties box Press PgDn and then O in text mode to change the look of the screen The options menu is not available in graphical mode Press S in text mode to set the number of spaces between tabs The setting is saved This command is not available in graphical mode Press C in text mode to change the title of the screen You can change the title of the screen in text mode by using the Properties box on the dashboard background Use the Exit F7 command to return to the EIS File Maintenance menu Resource Manager User s Manual Screen Definitions List Features Use the Screen Definitions List function on the EIS Master File Lists menu to produce a list of EIS Dashboard definitions Reports A sample Screen Definitions List is on page 8 52 Screen Use Screen Description Screen Definitions List Use the Screen Definitions List screen to select the inform
318. ved and calculated with 1 to 14 decimal places but only the default number of decimal places is shown When you select FLOAT the decimal floats from 0 to 5 places to correctly display a number unless 5 places are not available after you enter the whole number When you select AUTO a decimal is placed before the last two numbers of each entry unless you include a decimal as part of the entry Exit from the Calculator and copy the total into the field the cursor is in on the screen where you accessed the calculator The status of the printer on off and of the automatic placement of the decimal point 0 5 or FL for floating is displayed E 3 Other Commands References Making a Calculation Follow the same procedure for each of the Calculator s four math functions x and For example to add 32 and 99 follow these steps 1 Enter the first number 32 to load the new subtotal into the Calculator The number appears in the Entry field as you type and is transferred to the tape when you press Enter 2 Press one of these keys to enter the operator add subtract multiply divide For example if you press the number you entered 32 followed by the plus sign moves to the bottom of the Tape field The Calculator inserts the decimal point and the following zeros if you are working with round numbers The subtraction operator works the same as those on adding machines Press a number and 3
319. vendors by vendor ID and the total amount due Because of the way the window is set up the user can access five other windows one that displays accounts payable invoices one that displays invoice history one that displays paid invoices one that displays accounts payable transactions and one that displays miscellaneous vendor information From within Global Inquiry you can use the Other Commands menu to access the Global Inquiry menu again or to look up and select a previously accessed window you can use the Inquiry F2 command The sequence number and description represent the windows that you have accessed with the Global Inquiry command For example when you select Global Inquiry from the Other Commands menu and then select Inventory window A appears When you use a command at the bottom of window A window B appears When you use a command at the bottom of window B window C appears In this example you continue to use window commands until you reach window G windows are not really lettered like this they are lettered in the example to simplify the model If you then want to return to one of the previous six windows that were displayed you could select Global Inquiry again but a simpler route would be to use the Inquiry F2 command where you would find six sequence numbers 001001 001002 001003 001004 001005 001006 Each number would appear with a description of a window 001001 would be paired with the description of w
320. ways 1 For a cross reference by table field enter the row column reference in the format RxxCyy Command Bar Definitions This screen has no command bar Saving and Exiting Use the Proceed OK command to save your entries and continue with the next definition screen you selected If this is the last definition screen you selected the Global Inquiry Definition screen appears Enter another window ID to maintain or use the Exit F7 command to return to the System File Maintenance menu Resource Manager User s Manual System File Maintenance Global Inquiry Definitions Global Inquiry Data Columns Screen Ga lesa Debra BEE Gare EG ie hai fj l ra oa mo Te On sa ini AF881 gt Paga EET DM Tara Ha Tar Fyr Rel Sum le Coka i VEND ID iR Eii Hi i 3 SHORT MAME 1 Fill ten a 3 VINEE H i mL m7 am I i VICE G TT 3 mi TE b TEMP OTY PURCH 2 ak 5 t E TEMP EXT FRE z He ur 6 Hude hapa haras ID ala Coba Kanay Gastein Da Tien T Foret Feel Ga el da 1 Lim klar Table Ps Field Definitions Field Name Col Data Name Type Format Field Start Len Column Heading Output Appearance Data Name Resource Manager User s Manual we gif ore Company H OSTA Tena TUE DP Description The column is displayed The information for the data columns that are defined is displayed To change the information use the Jump command to select the correct data col
321. which you want to work If Setup is required in an application the application s user s manual will describe its usage Adds functions to and deletes functions from your Favorites menu Displays information about the applications you have installed Switch between text and graphical menu styles without going into Defaults Toggles between graphical screens and text based screens for the functions you use Toggles screen scaling on and off When scaling is off the default setting the graphical screens become smaller when you use higher monitor resolutions When using the graphical menus you can use the pull down menus and tool buttons buttons with graphical icons in a row below the pull down menus to access functions without using the function keys While the function keys work in the graphical menus the menu bar and tool buttons offer you a choice in accessing these functions Such a choice is common in graphical Windows applications Using the mouse you can either move the cursor to the menu and click once or click on a tool button for the function desired Below is a sample of the OSAS pull down menu and tool buttons and a description of each T000 OPEN SYSTEMS Accounting Software File Modes Tools Favorites Other Help Do HOMES Resource Manager User s Manual OSAS Graphical Introduction File Menu We Bede Lodo Feen hm belt irera code Fido Se F ES Abd on disa FE Lal in Tool
322. y associated with the command Command Description Update Select Update or press U in text mode to update the information in the fields when used on a network Recalc Select Recalc or press R in text mode to recalculate a field so that you have the latest information Global Select Global or press G in text mode to recalculate all the fields on the screen for the latest information 7 16 Resource Manager User s Manual EIS Dashboards Accounts Receivable Analysis Command Setup Field View Edit Load History Saving and Exiting Description Select Setup or press S in text mode to display information within a range Select Field or press F in text mode to change the definition of the field Select View or press V in text mode to view information about how the highlighted field was calculated and what values it was designed to produce Select Edit or press E in text mode to reconfigure the EIS Dashboard you are using Select Load or press L in text mode to load a different EIS Dashboard Select History or press H in text mode to display the EIS Dashboard using saved field history from a different date Use the Exit F7 command to return to the EIS Dashboard menu Resource Manager User s Manual Accounts Payable Analysis Function The Accounts Payable Analysis dashboard provides aging historical and other key information from Accounts Payable and Purchase Order Reports
323. y to jump to the bottom of the tape and exit from View mode Use the following function keys or the alphanumeric equivalents to work with figures in the Memory Tape Entry and Status fields Clear the tape Once you clear the tape it cannot be recalled Clear the Entry field so that you can enter a different number Resource Manager User s Manual References Other Commands Field F3 or M Memory F4 or M Memory F5 or MR Memory Recall F6 or MC Memory Clear F7orQ Exit F8 or P Printer F9 or O Decimal F10 or W Exit Total Status Resource Manager User s Manual Description Copy the total at the bottom of the tape to the Memory field if the figure in memory is 00 Add the total at the bottom of the tape to the figure in the Memory field Subtract the total at the bottom of the Tape field from the number in the Memory field Copy the number in the Memory field to the Entry field Erase the number in the Memory field Exit from the Calculator without saving the total Switch the printer on and off If you turn the printer on your subsequent entries will be printed until you turn the printer off or exit from the calculator Change the number of default decimal places displayed by the Calculator The default number of decimal places is read from the current OSAS program Valid values are 0 1 2 3 4 5 FLOAT Floating Point and AUTO Automatic Numbers are sa
324. y av 09 Hovav 6 GLA JUSTSIA SOTOAUT 1OISTH TreIsq d YAANIHAY 6 GLA IUBTSAIA SOFTOAUT Azojsty teled av AAdNIHaY 6 09 TE seoroau uedo peby av 06 Hovav 6 GIA Texzo02qng SOTOAUT 102STH TTe39q av ISANIHAV 6 dld TegoIans SOTOAUJ 101STH TTe3 q dv ISdNIHdV 6 eng Jus n SSOTOAUI usdo peby av nd HSVdV a uoradraos q AI PISTA 00 666 666 666 00 666 666 666 00 666 666 666 00 666 666 666 00 666 666 666 3220 09 POTIIA quewheg 00 666 666 666 00 666 666 666 00 666 666 666 00 666 666 666 00 666 666 666 9280 09 POTIId OSPYIMA 9 Tyeq u zos JSpTINg TeIOL qunoostq syosuD qunoostqd 00 spredsag 00 00 00 T9JOL 00 OSTA 00 xer 00 666 66 666 66 666 66 666 666 666 666 666 666 666 666 666 666 666 666 666 666 666 666 666 666 666 666 666 666 666 Pasa SPTSTA PaseaTay AUT PTOH du uo AUT PTOH UO AUT SIODU A TezoL PaseoToy UN PTOH dur uo gwy PTOH uo JUN and TeL PLGL 02T T6 06 19 JUBTSIA 00 666 666 666 09 TE oueTeg S OTOAUI Q0 v sts Teuy etqeAeg s3unoooy 666 666 666 T eng qu zzno sTS Teuy butby T N HNMT in O co Os O GJ m SiO ooo qnokey usezos TVNVdY pzeoqysed NY 6E TT TOOZ ET LO Resource Manager User s Manual 8 52 Field Definitions List Features Use the Field Definitions List

(RM) - includes Print Manager and Executive

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents